[go: up one dir, main page]

CN1816971B - Reproduction device, information setting method - Google Patents

Reproduction device, information setting method Download PDF

Info

Publication number
CN1816971B
CN1816971B CN200480019100.3A CN200480019100A CN1816971B CN 1816971 B CN1816971 B CN 1816971B CN 200480019100 A CN200480019100 A CN 200480019100A CN 1816971 B CN1816971 B CN 1816971B
Authority
CN
China
Prior art keywords
information
user
broadcast
control unit
server
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Expired - Fee Related
Application number
CN200480019100.3A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
CN1816971A (en
Inventor
吉光寺宏幸
奥泽望
斋藤奈津美
山下慎介
守谷淳
村瀬泰弘
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Sony Corp
Original Assignee
Sony Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Sony Corp filed Critical Sony Corp
Priority claimed from PCT/JP2004/007023 external-priority patent/WO2005006577A1/en
Publication of CN1816971A publication Critical patent/CN1816971A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of CN1816971B publication Critical patent/CN1816971B/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Expired - Fee Related legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Landscapes

  • Information Transfer Between Computers (AREA)
  • Circuits Of Receivers In General (AREA)
  • Reverberation, Karaoke And Other Acoustics (AREA)
  • Signal Processing For Digital Recording And Reproducing (AREA)
  • Electrophonic Musical Instruments (AREA)
  • Management Or Editing Of Information On Record Carriers (AREA)
  • Information Retrieval, Db Structures And Fs Structures Therefor (AREA)
  • Two-Way Televisions, Distribution Of Moving Picture Or The Like (AREA)

Abstract

Set information transmission means (1c) transmits set information (local information) on the broadcast reception of a reproduction device (1) itself to an external device. The external device returns list information such as a broadcast station name which can be received by the reproduction device (1), the broadcast station identification information, and frequency corresponding to the set information, which is received by list information reception means (1d). The broadcast station name in the list information received is displayed on display means (1e). The user confirms the broadcast station name displayed and performs input operation. According to this input operation, recording means (1f) records a part of the received list information in a recording medium while correlating the components (such as frequency and a broadcast station name, broadcast station identification information).

Description

重现装置和信息设置方法Reproducing device and information setting method

技术领域 technical field

本发明涉及能接收并重现通过调用先前设置的接收频率而选择的广播信号的重现装置,以及用于设置该接收频率的信息设置方法和信息设置程序。  The present invention relates to a reproducing apparatus capable of receiving and reproducing a broadcast signal selected by calling a previously set receiving frequency, and an information setting method and an information setting program for setting the receiving frequency. the

背景技术 Background technique

近年来,FM广播等的广播电台常常通过因特网提供涉及从它们电台发送的节目和节目中广播的歌曲的信息。因此,考虑允许音频设备能通过因特网得到广播歌曲等相关信息的服务,具有接收无线电波功能的新近的音频设备已配备有因特网连接功能。根据该服务,当用户在收听FM广播时在所广播歌曲中发现喜爱的歌曲,用户可访问提供信息的服务器,并能在音频设备的显示器上接收并显示与该歌曲相关的信息。存储接收到的相关信息也是可能的。  In recent years, broadcasting stations such as FM broadcasting often provide information related to programs transmitted from their stations and songs broadcast in the programs via the Internet. Therefore, recent audio equipment having a function of receiving radio waves has been equipped with an Internet connection function in consideration of a service that allows audio equipment to obtain related information such as broadcast songs through the Internet. According to this service, when a user finds a favorite song among broadcast songs while listening to FM radio, the user can access a server providing information, and can receive and display information related to the song on a display of an audio device. It is also possible to store relevant information received. the

同时,音频设备可通过将接收频率调谐到特定值来接收无线电广播。为便于该操作,新近的音频设备具有多个预先设置的可接收频率,使音频设备仅通过经按键操作指定一数字就能调谐。此外,一些音频设备具有自动设置上述可接收频率的功能。  Meanwhile, audio devices can receive radio broadcasts by tuning a reception frequency to a specific value. To facilitate this operation, recent audio equipment has a plurality of pre-set receivable frequencies so that the audio equipment can be tuned only by specifying a number through key operation. Also, some audio equipment has a function to automatically set the receivable frequencies mentioned above. the

为了利用如上所述的这种信息提供服务,有必要指定提供与预设置的可接收频率相对应的广播电台的信息的服务器或网页。此外,广播信号的可接收区域对各无线电台是特定的,因而分别存在于不同区域的多个无线电台在一些情形中可使用同一广播频率。因此,无线电台不能仅依赖广播频率来标识。使用分配给广播电台的称为“呼号”的标识号码。  In order to provide services using such information as described above, it is necessary to designate a server or a web page that provides information of broadcasting stations corresponding to preset receivable frequencies. In addition, a receivable area of a broadcast signal is specific to each radio station, and thus a plurality of radio stations respectively existing in different areas may use the same broadcast frequency in some cases. Therefore, radio stations cannot be identified solely on the broadcast frequency. Use an identification number called a "call sign" assigned to a broadcasting station. the

例如,在先前所述的信息提供服务中,用于管理上述信息提供服务的服务管理服务器配备有另一服务器,提供诸如每个广播电台的节目和广播歌曲的其它相关信息。服务管理服务器包括将广播频率、区域和呼号彼此链接的表格、以及链接呼号和提供与呼号的广播电台相对应的网站信息的URL(统一资源定位器)。  For example, in the previously described information providing service, the service management server for managing the above information providing service is equipped with another server that provides other related information such as programs and broadcast songs of each broadcasting station. The service management server includes a table linking broadcast frequencies, areas, and call signs to each other, and a URL (Uniform Resource Locator) linking call signs and providing website information corresponding to broadcasting stations of the call signs. the

为了在音频设备中预先设置广播频率,该广播频率和指定其接收区域的信息(诸如邮编等)被传送给服务管理服务器。根据所接收的该信息等,服务管理服务器指定音频设备正在接收其信号的广播电台的呼号,并将呼号通知给音频设备。用  这种方式,广播频率和呼号可在音频设备中彼此链接地存储。  In order to preliminarily set a broadcasting frequency in an audio device, the broadcasting frequency and information specifying its reception area (such as zip code, etc.) are transmitted to the service management server. Based on this received information and the like, the service management server specifies the call sign of the broadcasting station whose signal the audio device is receiving, and notifies the audio device of the call sign. use In this way, the broadcasting frequency and the call sign can be stored in the audio device linked to each other. the

此外,为了获得与节目等相关的信息,用户根据预设置号码通过音频设备来指定广播电台,然后相应的呼号被传送给服务管理服务器。服务管理服务器向音频设备传送提供对应于呼号的网站的URL信息。结果,音频设备能访问URL,并可得到有关节目、广播歌曲等的信息。  In addition, in order to obtain information related to programs and the like, the user specifies a broadcasting station through an audio device according to a preset number, and then the corresponding call sign is transmitted to the service management server. The service management server transmits URL information providing a website corresponding to the call sign to the audio device. As a result, the audio device can access the URL, and can obtain information on programs, broadcast songs, and the like. the

注意,有能够准确调谐了接收广播信号的常规接收器。在有关调谐和先前存储在存储器中的信息中,接收器在预设置存储器中存储这样的信息:涉及用户选择的区域内可接收的广播频道的调谐,它链接到用户可操作的按键操作单元的调谐操作键。此时,分别与被标识为广播同一节目的多个广播频道的调谐相关的信息项沿调谐操作键的调谐变化方向上彼此接近地存储(例如参见专利文档1)。  Note that there are conventional receivers that are tuned exactly to receive broadcast signals. Among the information about the tuning and previously stored in the memory, the receiver stores in the preset memory information concerning the tuning of the broadcast channels receivable in the area selected by the user, which is linked to the user operable key operation unit Tuning operation keys. At this time, information items respectively related to tuning of a plurality of broadcast channels identified as broadcasting the same program are stored close to each other in the tuning change direction of the tuning operation key (see Patent Document 1, for example). the

专利文档1:日本专利公开号11-308135(段落号[0041]~[0078],图1)。  Patent Document 1: Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 11-308135 (paragraph numbers [0041] to [0078], FIG. 1 ). the

如上所述,当预先设置广播频率或呼号时,实际上有这样的情形:在根据诸如邮编的指定区域的信息来指定呼号及其接收频率的方法中,呼号不能被适当指定。例如,如果无线电广播由有线电视接收,有线电视台会分配与原始广播频率不同的频率。在某些情形中,有线电视会广播本来因为特定于另一遥远地区而在一区域中不能接收的无线电广播。在这些情形中,如上所述的服务管理服务器不能指定对应于这种广播的接收频率的呼号。  As described above, when a broadcasting frequency or a call sign is set in advance, there are actually cases where the call sign cannot be properly specified in a method of specifying a call sign and its reception frequency based on information of a specified area such as a zip code. For example, if a radio broadcast is received by cable TV, the cable TV station will assign a different frequency than the original broadcast frequency. In some cases, cable TV broadcasts radio broadcasts that would otherwise not be available in one area because they are specific to another distant area. In these cases, the service management server as described above cannot designate the call sign corresponding to the reception frequency of such broadcasting. the

发明内容 Contents of the invention

本发明是根据以上情形作出的,并且具有提供一种重现装置的目的,该重现装置接收和重现广播信号,并能够对应于接收区域和接收方法预先设置彼此正确链接的频率和呼号。  The present invention has been made in view of the above circumstances, and has an object to provide a reproducing apparatus that receives and reproduces broadcast signals and can preset frequencies and call signs that are correctly linked with each other corresponding to reception areas and reception methods. the

本发明还具有提供一种信息设置方法的另一目的,该信息设置方法能在接收和重现广播信号的重现装置中,对应于接收区域和接收方法预先设置彼此正确链接的频率和呼号。  The present invention also has another object of providing an information setting method capable of presetting frequencies and call signs correctly linked with each other corresponding to a receiving area and a receiving method in a reproducing apparatus receiving and reproducing broadcast signals. the

为实现以上目的,根据本发明的一方面,提供了一种能够接收并重现通过调用预先设置的接收频率而选择的广播信号的重现装置,表征为包括:广播信号接收装置,接收特定频率的广播信号;广播信号重现装置,重现由广播信号接收装置接收的广播信号;设置信息传送装置,向外部设备传送涉及重现装置本身的广播接收的以及用户设置的设置信息;列表信息接收装置, 接收由外部设备检测的列表信息,作为包括对应于设置信息的可接收广播电台的广播电台名称、电台的广播电台标识信息、以及电台频率的列表;显示装置,显示包括在由列表信息接收装置接收的列表信息中的广播电台名称;以及记录装置,基于用户的输入将所接收的列表信息的各个部分记录在记录媒体上,其中各个部分互相链接。  In order to achieve the above object, according to one aspect of the present invention, there is provided a reproducing device capable of receiving and reproducing a broadcast signal selected by invoking a preset receiving frequency, characterized by comprising: a broadcast signal receiving device receiving a specific frequency broadcast signal; broadcast signal reproduction device, which reproduces the broadcast signal received by the broadcast signal receiving device; setting information transmission device, which transmits the broadcast reception of the reproduction device itself and the setting information set by the user to the external device; list information reception means for receiving list information detected by the external device as a list including broadcast station names, broadcast station identification information, and station frequencies of receivable broadcast stations corresponding to the setting information; display means for displaying the list information included in the list information received by the list information means for broadcasting station names in the list information received; and recording means for recording each part of the received list information on a recording medium based on a user's input, wherein the parts are linked to each other. the

在该装置中,广播信号接收装置接收特定频率的广播信号,而所接收的广播信号由广播信号重现装置重现。此外,设置信息传送装置向外部设备传送由用户设置的和涉及重现装置本身的广播接收的设置信息。例如,接收该设置信息的外部设备检测重现装置可接收的广播电台的广播电台名称、其广播电台标识信息及其频率,并将该信息和频率返回为列表信息。列表信息接收装置从该外部设备中接收列表信息。基于用户的输入,显示装置显示包括在所接收的列表信息中的广播电台名称,且记录装置将所接收的列表信息的各个部分记录在记录媒体上,其中各个部分互相链接。因此,用户检查显示装置上的可接收广播电台的名称,并执行用于使记录装置执行记录的输入操作。因而,可记录可接收的广播信号的彼此正确链接的频率、广播电台名称和广播电台标识信息。此外,这些已链接的信息项可在以后回调以执行调谐,并且例如标识选定的广播电台的信息可被传送出去。  In this device, the broadcast signal receiving means receives a broadcast signal of a specific frequency, and the received broadcast signal is reproduced by the broadcast signal reproducing means. Furthermore, the setting information transmitting means transmits, to the external device, setting information set by the user and related to broadcast reception of the reproducing apparatus itself. For example, the external device receiving the setting information detects the broadcasting station name of the broadcasting station receivable by the reproducing apparatus, its broadcasting station identification information and its frequency, and returns the information and the frequency as list information. List information receiving means receives list information from the external device. Based on a user's input, the display means displays broadcasting station names included in the received list information, and the recording means records respective parts of the received list information on a recording medium, wherein the respective parts are linked to each other. Accordingly, the user checks the names of receivable broadcasting stations on the display device, and performs an input operation for causing the recording device to perform recording. Thus, frequencies, broadcasting station names, and broadcasting station identification information of receivable broadcasting signals correctly linked to each other can be recorded. Furthermore, these linked items of information can be called back at a later time to perform tuning and, for example, information identifying the selected broadcast station can be communicated. the

根据本发明的另一方面,提供了一种在接收并重现广播信号的重现装置中预先设置接收频率的信息设置方法,表征为包括:设置信息传送步骤,向外部设备传送由用户设置的和涉及重现装置本身的广播接收的设置信息;列表信息接收步骤,接收由外部设备检测的列表信息,作为包括对应于设置信息的可接收广播电台的广播电台名称、电台的广播电台标识信息、以及电台频率的列表;显示步骤,显示包括在接收的列表信息中的广播电台名称;以及记录步骤,基于用户的输入将所接收的列表信息的各个部分记录在记录媒体上,其中各个部分互相链接。  According to another aspect of the present invention, there is provided an information setting method for setting a receiving frequency in advance in a reproducing apparatus that receives and reproduces a broadcast signal, characterized by including: a setting information transmitting step of transmitting the information set by the user to an external device and setting information related to broadcast reception of the reproducing apparatus itself; a list information receiving step of receiving list information detected by an external device as a broadcasting station name including a receivable broadcasting station corresponding to the setting information, broadcasting station identification information of the station, and a list of station frequencies; a display step of displaying broadcast station names included in the received list information; and a recording step of recording respective parts of the received list information on a recording medium based on a user's input, wherein the respective parts are linked to each other . the

在该方法中,在设置信息传送步骤中,向外部设备传送由用户设置的和涉及装置本身的广播接收的设置信息。例如,接收该设置信息的外部设备检测重现装置可接收的对应于设置信息的广播电台的广播电台名称、其广播电台标识信息及其频率,并将该信息和频率返回为列表信息。在列表信息接收步骤中,从该外部设备中接收列表信息。在显示步骤中,显示包括在所接收的列表信息中的广播电台名称。在记录步骤中,基于用户输入,将所接收的列表信息的各个部分记录在记录媒体上,其中各个部分互相链接。因此,用户检查显示步骤所显示的可接收的广播电台的名称,并执行记录步骤中用于记录到记录媒体上的输入操作。因而,可记录可接收的广播信号的彼此正确链接的频率、广播电台名称和广播电台标识信息。此外,这些已链接的信息 项可在以后回调以执行调谐,并且例如标识选定广播电台的信息可被传送出去。  In this method, in the setting information transmitting step, setting information set by a user and related to broadcast reception of the apparatus itself is transmitted to the external device. For example, the external device receiving the setting information detects the broadcasting station name of the broadcasting station corresponding to the setting information receivable by the reproducing apparatus, its broadcasting station identification information and its frequency, and returns the information and frequency as list information. In the list information receiving step, list information is received from the external device. In the display step, broadcast station names included in the received list information are displayed. In the recording step, each part of the received list information is recorded on a recording medium based on user input, wherein the parts are linked to each other. Therefore, the user checks the names of receivable broadcasting stations displayed in the display step, and performs an input operation for recording onto the recording medium in the recording step. Thus, frequencies, broadcasting station names, and broadcasting station identification information of receivable broadcasting signals correctly linked to each other can be recorded. Furthermore, these linked information items can be called back at a later time to perform the tuning and, for example, information identifying the selected radio station can be transmitted. the

根据本发明的又一方面,提供了一种通信方法,其中:接收并重现广播信号的重现装置向入口服务器传送由用户设置的和涉及重现装置本身的广播接收的设置信息,以及用户ID和密码;签发验证票据以使重现装置能访问多个服务服务器的入口服务器基于用户ID和密码,来执行验证处理,并在允许验证时,传送列表信息,作为包括对应于设置信息的可接收广播电台的广播电台名称、电台的广播电台标识信息、以及电台频率的列表;以及重现装置显示包括在接收到的列表信息中的广播电台名称,并将接收到的列表信息的各部分记录在记录媒体上,其中各部分彼此链接。  According to still another aspect of the present invention, there is provided a communication method in which: a reproducing device that receives and reproduces a broadcast signal transmits setting information set by a user and related to broadcast reception of the reproducing device itself to a portal server, and the user ID and password; an entry server that issues an authentication ticket so that the reproducing apparatus can access a plurality of service servers executes authentication processing based on the user ID and password, and when authentication is permitted, transmits list information as information including possible information corresponding to setting information. receiving a list of broadcasting station names of broadcasting stations, broadcasting station identification information of stations, and station frequencies; and reproducing means displaying the broadcasting station names included in the received list information, and recording each part of the received list information On the recording medium, the parts thereof are linked to each other. the

根据本发明的重现装置,用户检查显示装置上的可接收的广播电台的名称,并执行用于使记录装置进行记录的输入操作。因而,可预先记录可接收的广播信号的彼此正确链接的频率、广播电台名称和广播电台标识信息。此外,这些已链接的信息项可在以后回调以执行调谐,并且例如标识选定的广播电台的信息可被传送出去,以正确指定对应于选定的广播电台的信息提供服务器。  According to the reproducing apparatus of the present invention, the user checks the name of the receivable broadcasting station on the display means, and performs an input operation for causing the recording means to record. Thus, frequencies, broadcasting station names, and broadcasting station identification information of receivable broadcasting signals correctly linked to each other can be recorded in advance. Furthermore, these linked information items can be called back at a later time to perform tuning, and for example information identifying the selected broadcast station can be transmitted to correctly specify the information providing server corresponding to the selected broadcast station. the

根据本发明的信息设置方法,用户检查显示步骤所显示的可接收的广播电台的名称,并执行用于记录到记录媒体上的输入操作。因而,可预先记录可接收的广播信号的彼此正确链接的频率、广播电台名称和广播电台标识信息。此外,这些已链接信息项可在以后回调以执行调谐,并且例如标识选定的广播电台的信息可被传送出去,以正确指定对应于选定的广播电台的信息提供服务器。  According to the information setting method of the present invention, the user checks the name of the receivable broadcasting station displayed in the display step, and performs an input operation for recording on the recording medium. Thus, frequencies, broadcasting station names, and broadcasting station identification information of receivable broadcasting signals correctly linked to each other can be recorded in advance. Furthermore, these linked information items can be called back at a later time to perform tuning and eg information identifying the selected broadcast station can be transmitted to correctly specify the information providing server corresponding to the selected broadcast station. the

根据本发明的一个实施例的重现装置还包括:标识信息传送装置,用于向外部设备传送包括在通过记录装置记录的列表信息中的广播电台标识信息;以及位置信息接收装置,用于从外部设备接收表示网络上供应商位置的位置信息,该供应商提供与对应于从标识信息传送装置传送的广播电台标识信息的各个广播电台的广播内容相关的相关信息。  A reproducing apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention further includes: identification information transmitting means for transmitting broadcasting station identification information included in the list information recorded by the recording means to an external device; and position information receiving means for transmitting from The external device receives position information indicating a position of a provider on the network that provides related information related to broadcast contents of respective broadcast stations corresponding to the broadcast station identification information transmitted from the identification information transmission means. the

附图说明Description of drawings

图1是示出应用本发明的网络系统的操作原理的示图;  Fig. 1 is a diagram illustrating the operating principle of the network system to which the present invention is applied;

图2是示出根据本发明一实施例的网络系统的结构示例的示图;  Fig. 2 is a diagram showing a structural example of a network system according to an embodiment of the present invention;

图3是示出根据本发明一实施例的整体服务服务器的硬件配置示例的示图;  Fig. 3 is a diagram showing a hardware configuration example of an overall service server according to an embodiment of the present invention;

图4是示出根据本发明一实施例的终端设备外观的示图;  Fig. 4 is a diagram showing the appearance of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present invention;

图5是示出根据本发明一实施例的终端设备的硬件配置的框图;  Fig. 5 is a block diagram showing a hardware configuration of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present invention;

图6是示出根据本发明一实施例的终端设备的程序模块配置的示图;  Fig. 6 is a diagram showing a program module configuration of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present invention;

图7是示出提供呼号和URL指定服务时整体服务服务器中处理流程的流程  图;  Fig. 7 is a flow chart showing the processing flow in the overall service server when providing call sign and URL designation services picture;

图8是示出包括在整体服务服务器中的数据库示例的表;  Figure 8 is a table showing an example database included in the overall service server;

图9是示出预设置频率时终端设备中整个处理流程的流程图;  Fig. 9 is a flowchart showing the entire processing flow in the terminal device when the frequency is preset;

图10是示出手动预设置有关广播电台列表的信息时终端设备中处理流程的流程图;  Fig. 10 is a flow chart showing the processing flow in the terminal device when manually presetting information about the broadcast station list;

图11是示出列出并显示广播电台名称的屏幕的屏幕显示示例的示图;  Fig. 11 is a diagram showing a screen display example of a screen that lists and displays a broadcasting station name;

图12是示出广播电台列表接收处理的流程的流程图;  Fig. 12 is a flowchart showing the flow of broadcasting station list reception processing;

图13是示出本实施例中音乐相关服务提供系统整体配置的示意图;  FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram showing the overall configuration of the music-related service providing system in this embodiment;

图14是示出客户机终端的功能电路块的硬件配置的框图;  14 is a block diagram showing a hardware configuration of functional circuit blocks of a client terminal;

图15是示出目录结构的树状示意图;  Fig. 15 is a tree diagram showing directory structure;

图16是示出入口服务器的功能电路块的硬件配置的框图;  Fig. 16 is a block diagram showing the hardware configuration of the functional circuit block of the portal server;

图17是示出音乐数据分发服务器的功能电路块的硬件配置的框图;  Fig. 17 is a block diagram showing the hardware configuration of the functional circuit blocks of the music data distribution server;

图18是示出销售服务器的功能电路块的硬件配置的框图;  Fig. 18 is a block diagram showing the hardware configuration of the functional circuit block of the sales server;

图19是示出无线电广播信息分发服务器的功能电路块的硬件配置的框图;  Fig. 19 is a block diagram showing the hardware configuration of the functional circuit blocks of the radio broadcast information distribution server;

图20是示出客户机终端与入口服务器之间的用户验证过程的流程图;  FIG. 20 is a flow chart illustrating a user authentication process between a client terminal and an entry server;

图21是示出客户机终端与音乐数据分发服务器之间的用户验证处理过程的流程图;  Fig. 21 is a flowchart showing the user authentication processing procedure between the client terminal and the music data distribution server;

图22是示出音乐数据分发服务提供处理过程的流程图;  FIG. 22 is a flow chart showing a music data distribution service providing process;

图23是示出销售服务提供处理过程的流程图;  Fig. 23 is a flow chart showing the sales service provision process;

图24是示出无线电广播信息(播送(on-air)列表信息)分发服务提供处理过程(1)的流程图;以及  FIG. 24 is a flowchart showing a radio broadcast information (on-air list information) distribution service providing processing procedure (1); and

图25是示出无线电广播信息(现在播送(now-on-air)信息)分发服务提供处理过程(2)的流程图。  FIG. 25 is a flowchart showing a radio broadcast information (now-on-air information) distribution service providing processing procedure (2). the

标号释义  label interpretation

1.重现装置          1A.广播信号接收装置  1B.广播信号重现装置  1. Reproducing device 1A. Broadcasting signal receiving device 1B. Broadcasting signal reproducing device

1C.设置信息传送装置 1D.列表信息接收装置  1E.显示装置  1C. Setting information transmission device 1D. List information receiving device 1E. Display device

1F.记录装置         2.广播电台指定服务器  1F. Recording device 2. Designated server for broadcasting stations

3.网络              4.节目信息服务器  3. Network 4. Program information server

1000音乐相关服务提供系统     1002客户机终端    1003入口服务器  1000 music related service providing system 1002 client terminal 1003 entrance server

1004音乐数据分发服务器       1005销售服务器  1004 music data distribution server 1005 sales server

1006无线电广播信息分发服务器 1007因特网无线服务器  1006 Radio broadcast information distribution server 1007 Internet wireless server

1008核算服务器  1008 accounting server

具体实施方式Detailed ways

本发明的一个实施例将参照附图进行详细地描述。  An embodiment of the present invention will be described in detail with reference to the accompanying drawings. the

图1是示出应用本发明的网络系统的操作原理的示图。参照图1,将描述本发明的概要。  FIG. 1 is a diagram showing the operating principle of a network system to which the present invention is applied. Referring to Fig. 1, an outline of the present invention will be described. the

图1所示的网络系统具有一种结构,其中应用本发明的重现装置和执行用于指定广播电台的处理的广播电台指定服务器2通过网络3相互连接。网络3还可与节目信息服务器4相连,该服务器4提供与广播电台广播的节目和歌曲相关的信息。  The network system shown in FIG. 1 has a structure in which a reproducing apparatus to which the present invention is applied and a broadcasting station specifying server 2 which performs processing for specifying a broadcasting station are connected to each other through a network 3 . The network 3 is also connected to a program information server 4 that provides information related to programs and songs broadcast by radio stations. the

重现装置1具有广播接收功能,来接收、重现和输出广播;以及设置功能,来向广播电台指定服务器2传送有关安装有重现装置1的区域的信息,接收用于指定可接收广播电台的列表信息,并预先设置其频率。广播接收功能由广播信号接收装置1a和广播信号重现装置1b实现,其中广播信号接收装置1a接收来自电波或电缆的特定频率的广播信号,广播信号重现装置1b重现所接收的广播信号。此外,设置功能还由设置信息传送装置1c、列表信息接收装置1d、显示装置1e和记录装置1f实现。  The reproducing apparatus 1 has a broadcast receiving function to receive, reproduce, and output broadcasts; and a setting function to transmit information about an area where the reproducing apparatus 1 is installed to a broadcast station specifying server 2, receiving information for designating receivable broadcast stations. list information and pre-set its frequency. The broadcast receiving function is realized by a broadcast signal receiving device 1a which receives a broadcast signal of a specific frequency from an electric wave or cable, and a broadcast signal reproducing device 1b which reproduces the received broadcast signal. In addition, the setting function is also realized by the setting information transmitting means 1c, list information receiving means 1d, displaying means 1e and recording means 1f. the

设置信息传送装置1c向外部设备(在该情形中为广播电台指定服务器2)传送有关重现装置1本身的广播接收。设置信息由用户设置,并包括例如表示安装了重现装置1的区域的区域信息等。该设置信息可在信息传送给广播电台指定服务器2之前由用户输入。或者,可传送由用户预先设置的信息。例如,当作在线登记以从节目信息服务器4中接收信息提供服务时,可在重现装置2中一次性地记录登记信息。设置信息传送装置1c可读取或传送该信息的一部分,作为设置信息。  The setting information transmission means 1c transmits broadcast reception on the reproduction apparatus 1 itself to an external device (in this case, the broadcast station designation server 2). The setting information is set by the user, and includes, for example, area information indicating an area in which the reproduction apparatus 1 is installed, and the like. This setting information may be input by the user before the information is transmitted to the broadcasting station specifying server 2 . Alternatively, information previously set by the user may be transmitted. For example, when registering online to receive an information providing service from the program information server 4, the registration information may be recorded in the reproducing apparatus 2 at one time. The setting information transmission means 1c can read or transmit a part of this information as setting information. the

列表信息接收装置1d接收与广播电台指定服务器2检测的设置信息相对应的列表信息。该列表信息是由重现装置1可接收的广播电台名称、广播电台标识信息和频率组成的列表。  The list information receiving means 1d receives list information corresponding to the setting information detected by the broadcast station specifying server 2 . The list information is a list consisting of broadcasting station names, broadcasting station identification information, and frequencies receivable by the reproducing apparatus 1 . the

显示装置1e显示由列表信息接收装置1d接收的列表信息中的广播电台名称。以这种方式,用户确认可接收的广播电台。记录装置1f基于用户所作的输入将所接收的列表信息的各部分彼此链接,并将那些部分记录在记录媒体中。因而,用户可预先设置互相链接的可接收的广播电台名称、广播电台标识信息和频率。此外,用户可通过调用预先设置的信息并在广播信号接收装置1a中设置频率来选择电台。  The display means 1e displays the broadcasting station names in the list information received by the list information receiving means 1d. In this way, the user confirms receivable broadcast stations. The recording means 1f links the parts of the received list information with each other based on the input made by the user, and records those parts in the recording medium. Thus, the user can preset receivable broadcasting station names, broadcasting station identification information, and frequencies linked to each other. In addition, the user can select a station by calling previously set information and setting a frequency in the broadcast signal receiving device 1a. the

然后,将描述上述网络系统的操作。  Then, the operation of the above-mentioned network system will be described. the

当执行在广播信号接收装置1a中预先设置接收频率的处理时,设置信息传送装置1c操作。例如,用户改变广播信号接收装置1a的接收频率,并按序预先设置接收频率。或者,该类预先设置操作可由重现装置1自动执行。在预先设置频率结束后,设置信息传送装置1c将设置信息传送给广播电台指定服务器2。  The setting information transmission device 1c operates when the process of setting the reception frequency in advance in the broadcast signal receiving device 1a is performed. For example, the user changes the receiving frequency of the broadcast signal receiving device 1a, and sequentially sets the receiving frequency in advance. Alternatively, this type of preset operation can be automatically performed by the playback device 1 . After the preset frequency is finished, the setting information transmission means 1c transmits the setting information to the broadcasting station specifying server 2 . the

在接收来自重现装置1的设置信息之后,广播电台指定服务器2搜索未示出的数据库,来将重现装置1可接收的广播电台指定为发送者。具体地,例如,指定安装了重现装置1的区域中可接收的广播电台。然后,包括那些广播电台的名称、其广播电台标识信息及其频率的列表被创建并传送给重现装置1。  After receiving the setting information from the reproducing apparatus 1, the broadcast station specifying server 2 searches an unshown database to specify a broadcast station receivable by the reproducing apparatus 1 as a sender. Specifically, for example, broadcast stations receivable in the area where the reproduction apparatus 1 is installed are specified. Then, a list including the names of those broadcasting stations, their broadcasting station identification information and their frequencies is created and transmitted to the reproducing apparatus 1 . the

重现装置1通过列表信息接收装置1d接收来自广播电台指定服务器2的列表信息。然后,所接收列表信息中的广播电台名称通过显示装置1e示出。用户通过显示装置1e在列表信息中查看并检查广播电台的名称。确定作为分配给已预设频率的目标的名称是否正确。然后,用户可通过记录装置1f将列表信息的互相链接的部分,诸如频率、广播电台名称和广播电台标识信息,预先设置在记录媒体中。  The reproducing apparatus 1 receives list information from the broadcasting station specifying server 2 through the list information receiving means 1d. Then, the broadcast station name in the received list information is shown by the display means 1e. The user views and checks the names of broadcasting stations in the list information through the display device 1e. Make sure that the name is correct as the target assigned to the preset frequency. Then, the user can preliminarily set the mutually linked parts of the list information, such as frequency, broadcasting station name, and broadcasting station identification information, in the recording medium through the recording device 1f. the

或者,在列表信息由列表信息接收装置1d接收之后,与预设置频率中列在列表信息中的那些频率相对应的广播电台名称和广播电台标识信息可由记录装置1f自动地预先设置。然后如果有任何频率剩余,则列表信息中的广播电台名称通过显示装置1e显示,并可根据用户的手动输入通过记录装置1f记录,该列表信息的一部分与剩余的频率相链接。  Alternatively, after the list information is received by the list information receiving means 1d, broadcast station names and broadcast station identification information corresponding to those of the preset frequencies listed in the list information may be automatically preset by the recording means 1f. Then if there is any frequency remaining, the name of the broadcasting station in the list information is displayed by the display device 1e and can be recorded by the recording device 1f according to the user's manual input, a part of the list information is linked with the remaining frequencies. the

根据记录装置1f的操作,记录装置记录例如广播信号接收装置1a实际上可接收的互相链接的频率、其广播电台名称、及其广播电台标识信息。当后来接收任何广播时,回调所记录信息并在广播信号接收装置1a中设置其频率。因而可实现调谐。  According to the operation of the recording means 1f, the recording means records, for example, interlinked frequencies actually receivable by the broadcast signal receiving means 1a, their broadcasting station names, and their broadcasting station identification information. When any broadcast is received later, the recorded information is recalled and its frequency is set in the broadcast signal receiving apparatus 1a. Tuning can thus be achieved. the

此外,重现装置1可从节目信息服务器4中获得有关从广播电台接收的节目和广播歌曲的信息。为了得到该服务,需要知道节目信息服务器4的地址信息(URL等)或对应于广播电台的信息提供网站。此外,要知道这种地址信息,需要正确指定目标广播电台。广播电台标识信息可用来指定这些电台。  In addition, the reproducing apparatus 1 can obtain information on programs received from broadcasting stations and broadcast songs from the program information server 4 . In order to obtain this service, it is necessary to know the address information (URL etc.) of the program information server 4 or the information providing website corresponding to the broadcasting station. Furthermore, to know such address information, it is necessary to correctly specify the target broadcasting station. Broadcasting station identification information can be used to specify these stations. the

例如,当用户想要获得有关由广播信号接收装置1a接收并从广播电台广播的歌曲的信息时,对应于该广播电台的广播电台标识信息被传送给广播电台指定服务器2。然后,从广播电台指定服务器接收对应于广播电台的URL。相关信息可通过访问所接收的URL来获取。  For example, when a user wants to obtain information on a song received by the broadcast signal receiving apparatus 1 a and broadcast from a broadcast station, broadcast station identification information corresponding to the broadcast station is transmitted to the broadcast station specifying server 2 . Then, the URL corresponding to the broadcast station is received from the broadcast station specifying server. Related information can be obtained by accessing the received URL. the

根据如上所述的重现装置1,用户可检查相对于预设置频率显示在显示装置1e上的广播电台名称,并可在对应于该频率的列表信息中预先设置与该频率链接的信息,同时检查其名称。因此,即使在广播信号接收装置1a所接收的频率包括不同于原来可通过电波接收的频率的情形中,广播电台名称和广播电台标识信息仍然可正确地传送。在无线电广播通过有线电视接收并且无线电广播频率的分配不同于电波的情形中,这种情形也会发生。即使在这种情形中,预先设置处理可用简单操作正确地执行,并能正确获得提供有关实际从广播电台接收的节目信息的服务器和网站的地址信息。  According to the reproducing apparatus 1 as described above, the user can check the name of the broadcasting station displayed on the display apparatus 1e with respect to the preset frequency, and can preset the information linked to the frequency in the list information corresponding to the frequency, while Check its name. Therefore, even in the case where the frequency received by the broadcast signal receiving apparatus 1a includes frequencies other than those originally receivable by electric waves, the broadcast station name and broadcast station identification information can be correctly transmitted. This situation also occurs in the case where radio broadcasting is received by cable TV and the allocation of radio broadcasting frequencies is different from that of air waves. Even in this case, the preset processing can be correctly performed with simple operations, and address information of servers and websites providing information on programs actually received from broadcasting stations can be correctly obtained. the

在预先设置频率中,可有不包括在接收信息中的预设置频率,并且其广播电  台名称及广播电台标识信息不能预先设置。在该情形中,可请求将包括涉及已传送设置信息未包含的其它广播电台的信息的列表信息从重现装置1传送到广播电台指定服务器2。该情况会在有线电视使接收来自通常通过电波不能在一区域内接收的远距离广播电台的无线电广播成为可能的情形中发生。在该情形中请求涉及作为设置信息的本地信息未包含(即不能在该区域中接收)的广播电台的列表信息。  Among the preset frequencies, there may be preset frequencies not included in the received information, and their broadcasting Station name and radio station identification information cannot be preset. In this case, transmission of list information including information related to other broadcasting stations not included in the transmitted setting information from the reproducing apparatus 1 to the broadcasting station specifying server 2 may be requested. This situation occurs where cable television makes it possible to receive radio broadcasts from long-distance broadcast stations that cannot normally be received in an area by air waves. In this case, list information concerning broadcasting stations that are not included in the local information as setting information (ie, cannot be received in the area) is requested. the

在从广播电台指定服务器2中接收响应于该请求传送的列表信息之后,列表信息接收装置1d在显示装置1e上显示包括在列表信息中的广播电台名称,像前述处理一样。以这种方式,不能在本区域中接收的广播电台名称可在显示装置1e上显示。然后,用户可在所显示名称中选择一广播电台名称,并可通过记录装置1f预先设置与实际接收频率正确链接的该广播电台名称及相应广播电台标识信息。  After receiving the list information transmitted in response to the request from the broadcast station specifying server 2, the list information receiving means 1d displays the broadcast station names included in the list information on the display means 1e, like the aforementioned processing. In this way, the names of broadcasting stations that cannot be received in the local area can be displayed on the display device 1e. Then, the user can select a broadcasting station name among the displayed names, and can preset the broadcasting station name and corresponding broadcasting station identification information correctly linked with the actual receiving frequency through the recording device 1f. the

然后,将参照以上网络系统示例,更详细地描述本发明的实施例。在以下描述中,将涉及歌曲或歌曲集的相关信息存储(贮存)到辅助存储器的处理称为“剪辑”(clip)。因而通过剪辑存储的信息被称为“剪辑信息”。  Then, embodiments of the present invention will be described in more detail with reference to the above network system example. In the following description, the process of storing (storing) related information related to a song or an album to an auxiliary memory is referred to as "clip". Information stored by clipping is thus called "clip information". the

图2示出根据本发明一实施例的网络系统的配置示例。  FIG. 2 shows a configuration example of a network system according to an embodiment of the present invention. the

终端设备10通过网络30与各种类型的服务器相连。例如,网络30是因特网。服务器例如包括CD标题信息提供服务器31、广播电台服务器32、音乐分发服务器33、CD商店服务器34、因特网无线服务器35、整体服务服务器36等。  The terminal device 10 is connected to various types of servers through the network 30 . For example, network 30 is the Internet. The servers include, for example, a CD title information providing server 31, a radio station server 32, a music distribution server 33, a CD shop server 34, an Internet wireless server 35, an overall service server 36, and the like. the

CD标题信息提供服务器31提供可购买音乐CD(光盘)的歌曲标题及其专辑标题。  The CD title information providing server 31 provides song titles and album titles of purchasable music CDs (compact discs). the

广播电台服务器32是由FM广播、电视(TV)广播的广播电台37管理的服务器。广播电台37通过天线38通过无线电广播。广播电台服务器32提供广播歌曲的相关信息服务。  The broadcasting station server 32 is a server managed by a broadcasting station 37 of FM broadcasting and television (TV) broadcasting. The broadcast station 37 broadcasts by radio via an antenna 38 . The radio station server 32 provides related information services of radio songs. the

通过广播电台服务器32实现的提供相关信息的功能大体分成以下两种。第一种功能用于提供现在在广播(现在播送)的歌曲相关的信息。第二种功能是用于响应于来自终端设备10的请求,提供已播送的或将播送的歌曲的列表(播送列表)(其中播送列表包括与歌曲相关的信息)。例如,广播电台服务器32在指定节目中广播的歌曲相关信息,或指定时段内广播歌曲的相关信息。  The function of providing related information realized by the broadcast station server 32 is roughly divided into the following two types. The first function is to provide information about songs that are currently on the air (on air). The second function is to provide a list (broadcast list) of songs that have been broadcast or will be broadcast (where the broadcast list includes information related to songs) in response to a request from the terminal device 10 . For example, the broadcast station server 32 broadcasts related information of songs in a specified program, or broadcasts related information of songs within a specified time period. the

音乐分发服务器33是提供分发歌曲的数字音频数据(歌曲数据)服务的服务器。例如,音乐分发服务器33仅向已付款用户的终端设备10提供音乐数据。此外,音乐分发服务器33还能够提供分发音乐的相关信息及其演示音频数据。  The music distribution server 33 is a server that provides a service of distributing digital audio data (song data) of songs. For example, the music distribution server 33 provides music data only to the terminal device 10 of the paid user. In addition, the music distribution server 33 can also provide information on distributed music and its presentation audio data. the

CD商店服务器34提供诸如接收音乐CD邮购的服务。该CD商店服务器34  还提供分发演示音频数据等的分发服务,以及提供销售CD上歌曲的相关信息。  The CD shop server 34 provides services such as receiving music CD mail orders. The CD store server 34 Also provides distribution services for distributing demo audio data, etc., and provides information on sales of songs on CDs. the

因特网无线服务器35是通过像因特网等的广域网通过音频节目的服务器。  The Internet wireless server 35 is a server for passing audio programs through a wide area network like the Internet or the like. the

整体服务服务器36用作通过网络30提供服务的联系点(入口点),并作为使用所述服务器提供各种整体服务的中介。例如,该服务器向终端设备10分发指示相关于广播歌曲的信息的供应商源的信息(例如URL)。此外,该服务器向终端设备10分发在对应于可接收区域内频率的广播电台呼号。此外,服务器执行对用户利用上述各种整体服务要进行的登记过程的处理,并执行对利用这些服务要进行的验证过程的处理。  The overall service server 36 serves as a point of contact (entry point) for providing services through the network 30, and as an intermediary for providing various overall services using the server. For example, the server distributes to the terminal device 10 information (for example, URL) indicating a supplier source of information on broadcast songs. In addition, the server distributes to the terminal device 10 the call sign of a broadcasting station at a frequency corresponding to the receivable area. In addition, the server performs processing of a registration process to be performed by the user with the above-mentioned various overall services, and performs processing of an authentication process to be performed with these services. the

因而,多个服务器在网络30上实现提供有关歌曲或歌曲集的信息的服务。即,每个服务器用作网络30上歌曲和歌曲集的源。  Thus, a plurality of servers implement a service providing information on songs or albums on the network 30 . That is, each server serves as a source of songs and songbooks on the network 30. the

音乐分发服务器33和CD商店服务器34是可购买音乐服务器。因此,如果用户通过操作终端设备10并访问可购买音乐服务器,则用户实际上可通过网络30购买一首歌曲或一个歌曲集。终端设备10的用户可通过在音乐分发服务器33上购买,并从音乐分发服务器33下载歌曲数据。此外,终端设备10的用户还能通过向CD商店服务器34的购买过程来请服务器将音乐CD运送到用户家中。  The music distribution server 33 and the CD shop server 34 are purchasable music servers. Therefore, if the user accesses the purchasable music server by operating the terminal device 10, the user can actually purchase a song or an album through the network 30. The user of the terminal device 10 can purchase and download song data from the music distribution server 33 by purchasing on the music distribution server 33 . In addition, the user of the terminal device 10 can also ask the server to deliver the music CD to the user's home through the purchase process to the CD shop server 34 . the

终端设备10将歌曲或歌曲集的源本地存储在记录媒体中,诸如CD29a、MD(小型盘)29b、硬盘驱动器(HDD)21等。CD 29a和MD 29B是便携式记录媒体,并可简便地连结到终端设备10或与其断开。为终端设备10准备的各类本地源取决于终端设备10的目的或模型而不同。此外,终端设备10可通过天线26接收广播内容。  The terminal device 10 locally stores the source of the song or album in a recording medium such as a CD 29a, an MD (MiniDisk) 29b, a Hard Disk Drive (HDD) 21, or the like. The CD 29a and MD 29B are portable recording media, and can be easily connected to or disconnected from the terminal equipment 10. Various local sources prepared for the terminal device 10 differ depending on the purpose or model of the terminal device 10 . In addition, the terminal device 10 can receive broadcast content through the antenna 26 . the

图2所示的歌曲或歌曲集的本地源仅仅是示例。即,任何记录媒体通过将歌曲或歌曲集记录在该媒体上都可用作歌曲或歌曲集的本地源,只要该记录媒体存在于终端设备10的本地。  The local sources of songs or songbooks shown in FIG. 2 are merely examples. That is, any recording medium can be used as a local source of a song or an album by recording a song or an album on the medium as long as the recording medium exists locally in the terminal device 10 . the

终端设备10还具有存储剪辑相关信息(逻辑信息)的剪辑信息存储单元21a。该剪辑信息存储单元21a是终端设备10中的辅助存储单元。例如,HDD 21的存储区域的一部分可用作剪辑信息存储单元21a。注意,终端设备10不仅可对歌曲剪辑,而且可对歌曲集剪辑。因此,可剪辑包括许多感兴趣歌曲的FM广播或专辑CD的全部,从而感兴趣歌曲集的相关信息可通过一次剪辑操作来记录。  The terminal device 10 also has a clip information storage unit 21a that stores clip related information (logical information). This clip information storage unit 21 a is an auxiliary storage unit in the terminal device 10 . For example, a part of the storage area of the HDD 21 can be used as the clip information storage unit 21a. Note that the terminal device 10 can clip not only songs but also albums. Therefore, it is possible to clip the entirety of an FM broadcast or an album CD including many songs of interest, so that information about a collection of songs of interest can be recorded by one clipping operation. the

图3是示出整体服务服务器36的硬件配置示例的示图。  FIG. 3 is a diagram showing an example of a hardware configuration of the overall service server 36 . the

整个整体服务服务器36由CPU(中央处理单元)36a。CPU 36a通过总线36g与RAM(随机访问存储器)36b、硬盘驱动器(HDD)36c、图形处理单元36d、  输入接口(I/F)36e和通信接口36f相连。  The whole overall service server 36 is composed of a CPU (Central Processing Unit) 36a. CPU 36a communicates with RAM (random access memory) 36b, hard disk drive (HDD) 36c, graphics processing unit 36d, The input interface (I/F) 36e is connected to the communication interface 36f. the

RAM 36b暂时存储OS(操作系统)的程序和由CPU 36a执行的应用程序的至少一部分。RAM 36b还存储CPU 36a执行的处理所必需的各种数据。HDD 36c存储OS和应用程序。此外,HDD 36c存储一数据库,该数据库存储每个特定区域的相互链接的可接收广播电台的名称、(后面描述的)呼号和频率;还存储另一个数据库,它存储呼号和对应于呼号的广播电台的相关信息提供服务器的URL。  The RAM 36b temporarily stores programs of the OS (Operating System) and at least part of application programs executed by the CPU 36a. The RAM 36b also stores various data necessary for processing performed by the CPU 36a. HDD 36c stores OS and application programs. In addition, the HDD 36c stores a database storing the names, call signs (described later) and frequencies of interlinked receivable broadcasting stations for each specific area; and another database storing call signs and broadcasts corresponding to the call signs The station's related information provides the URL of the server. the

图形处理单元36d与显示设备36h相连。图形处理单元36d根据来自CPU 36a的命令工作,以在显示设备36h上显示图像。输入接口36e与键盘36i和鼠标36j相连。输入接口36e将键盘36i和鼠标36j发送的信号通过总线36g传送给CPU 36a。  The graphics processing unit 36d is connected to a display device 36h. The graphics processing unit 36d operates according to commands from the CPU 36a to display images on the display device 36h. The input interface 36e is connected to a keyboard 36i and a mouse 36j. The input interface 36e transmits the signals sent by the keyboard 36i and the mouse 36j to the CPU 36a through the bus 36g. the

通信接口36f与网络30相连。通信接口36f通过网络30与其它计算机收发数据。  The communication interface 36f is connected to the network 30 . The communication interface 36f transmits and receives data with other computers via the network 30 . the

根据上述硬件配置,可实现本实施例的处理功能。尽管图3示出整体服务服务器36的硬件配置,每一个其它服务器都能通过相似硬件配置实现。  According to the hardware configuration described above, the processing functions of this embodiment can be realized. Although FIG. 3 shows the hardware configuration of the overall service server 36, each of the other servers can be realized by a similar hardware configuration. the

本实施例中的终端设备10还用作具有回放歌曲功能的音频设备。  The terminal device 10 in this embodiment also functions as an audio device having a function of playing back songs. the

图4示出终端设备10的外形。  FIG. 4 shows the appearance of the terminal device 10 . the

如图4所示,根据本实施例的终端设备10具有与一般使用的系统组件相同的外形。终端设备10包括设备主体10、扬声器25a、25b和遥控器40。设备主体10a具有回放CD和DVD(数字多功能盘)的功能、记录/重现MD的功能、以及接收FM广播和电视广播的功能。由设备主体10产生的音频信号被提供给扬声器25a、25b,然后声音从扬声器25a和25b中输出。  As shown in FIG. 4, the terminal device 10 according to the present embodiment has the same appearance as system components generally used. The terminal device 10 includes a device main body 10 , speakers 25 a , 25 b and a remote controller 40 . The device main body 10a has a function of playing back CDs and DVDs (Digital Versatile Discs), a function of recording/reproducing MDs, and a function of receiving FM broadcasts and TV broadcasts. Audio signals generated by the device main body 10 are supplied to the speakers 25a, 25b, and sound is output from the speakers 25a and 25b. the

设备主体10a还具有显示装置17。显示装置17显示播放中歌曲的相关信息、通过剪辑存储的相关信息等。  The device main body 10 a also has a display device 17 . The display device 17 displays related information of the song being played, related information stored by clips, and the like. the

遥控器40是用于遥控设备主体10a的输入设备。遥控器40具有多个操作键。当用户按下操作键时,对应于所按键的信号从遥控器40发送到设备主体10a。  The remote controller 40 is an input device for remotely controlling the device main body 10a. The remote controller 40 has a plurality of operation keys. When the user presses an operation key, a signal corresponding to the pressed key is sent from the remote controller 40 to the device main body 10a. the

提供为操作键的包括方向键41a~41d、输入键42、功能选择键43a~43c、工具键44、反向键45等。  Provided as operation keys include direction keys 41a to 41d, an input key 42, function selection keys 43a to 43c, a tool key 44, a reverse key 45, and the like. the

方向键41a~41d用来移动在显示装置17上显示的光标或聚焦点。这四个方向键41a~41d分别对应于方向“上”、“下”、“左”和“右”。光标等在对应于所按方向键的方向上移动。  The direction keys 41 a to 41 d are used to move a cursor or a focus point displayed on the display device 17 . The four direction keys 41a to 41d correspond to the directions "up", "down", "left" and "right", respectively. A cursor or the like moves in a direction corresponding to the pressed direction key. the

输入键42例如用来确定在显示装置17上显示的任何内容。  The input key 42 is used, for example, to determine whatever is displayed on the display device 17 . the

功能选择键43a~43c用来选择功能。例如,这三个功能选择键43a~43c分别  对应于整体服务的使用功能、调谐器功能和本地内容管理功能。当按压功能键43a~43c的任一个时,设备主体10a切换成对应于所按功能选择键的功能的操作模式。  Function selection keys 43a to 43c are used to select functions. For example, these three function selection keys 43a~43c are respectively Corresponding to usage functions, tuner functions, and local content management functions of the overall service. When any one of the function keys 43a to 43c is pressed, the device main body 10a switches to an operation mode corresponding to the function of the pressed function selection key. the

工具键44是用于在显示装置17上显示工具菜单的按键。在工具菜单中,显示与在显示装置17上显示的内容相对应的命令。用户可从工具菜单中选择任一命令,使终端设备10执行对应于该命令的处理。例如,用户可通过操作方向键41a~41d并按下输入键42来选择任意命令。然后,对应于选定命令的处理由设备主体10a执行。  The tool key 44 is a key for displaying a tool menu on the display device 17 . In the tool menu, commands corresponding to the contents displayed on the display device 17 are displayed. The user can select any command from the tool menu to make the terminal device 10 execute the processing corresponding to the command. For example, the user can select an arbitrary command by operating the arrow keys 41 a to 41 d and pressing the enter key 42 . Then, processing corresponding to the selected command is performed by the device main body 10a. the

返回键45是用于使显示装置17上的显示内容返回到最近显示内容状态的按键。  The return key 45 is a key for returning the displayed content on the display device 17 to the state of the most recently displayed content. the

遥控器40还可具有与图4所示不同的各个其它操作键,例如,对音乐CD的音量控制键、播放键、停止键等。  The remote controller 40 may also have various other operation keys different from those shown in FIG. 4, for example, a volume control key for a music CD, a play key, a stop key, and the like. the

然后,将描述终端设备10的内部配置。  Then, the internal configuration of the terminal device 10 will be described. the

图5是示出终端设备10的硬件配置的框图。图5所示的终端设备10使得管理、记录并重现诸如歌曲等的各种源称为可能。  FIG. 5 is a block diagram showing the hardware configuration of the terminal device 10 . The terminal device 10 shown in FIG. 5 makes it possible to manage, record, and reproduce various sources such as songs. the

CPU 11基于已起动的程序对整个终端设备10执行整体控制和计算处理。例如,CPU 11执行用于通过网络30操作的通信操作、有关用户的输入/输出操作、来自媒体的内容的重现或剪辑、HDD 21上的内容存储和必要管理、通过网络30基于剪辑信息的信息搜索等。兼容的并可通过本发明的终端设备10记录并重现的内容数据,是音频内容数据、视频内容数据等。CPU 11通过总线12与各个电路部分交换控制信号和数据。  The CPU 11 performs overall control and computation processing on the entire terminal device 10 based on the started programs. For example, the CPU 11 performs communication operations for operations via the network 30, input/output operations regarding users, reproduction or clipping of contents from media, storage and necessary management of contents on the HDD 21, processing based on clip information via the network 30 information search, etc. Compatible content data that can be recorded and reproduced by the terminal device 10 of the present invention are audio content data, video content data, and the like. The CPU 11 exchanges control signals and data with each circuit part through the bus 12. the

ROM(只读存储器)13存储由CPU 11执行的操作程序、程序加载器、各种计算系数、在程序中使用的参数等。RAM 20展开由CPU 11执行的程序。RAM 20还用作CPU 11执行各种处理时所需的数据区域和/或任务区域。  A ROM (Read Only Memory) 13 stores operating programs executed by the CPU 11, a program loader, various calculation coefficients, parameters used in the programs, and the like. The RAM 20 expands programs executed by the CPU 11. The RAM 20 is also used as a data area and/or task area required when the CPU 11 executes various processes. the

操作输入部分15包括诸如终端设备10的外壳上提供的操作键和拨轮(JogDial)和触摸屏等的各种操作器。用于操作GUI(图形用户界面)的键盘或鼠标可提供为操作输入单元15。通过操作输入单元15输入的信息受到输入处理部分14的预定处理,并作为操作命令被传送给CPU 11。CPU 11执行必需的计算和控制,从而可获得对应于输入操作命令的设备上操作。  The operation input section 15 includes various operators such as operation keys and a jog wheel (JogDial) and a touch panel provided on the casing of the terminal device 10 . A keyboard or mouse for operating a GUI (Graphical User Interface) may be provided as the operation input unit 15 . Information input through the operation input unit 15 is subjected to predetermined processing by the input processing section 14, and is transmitted to the CPU 11 as an operation command. The CPU 11 executes necessary calculations and controls so that on-device operations corresponding to input operation commands can be obtained. the

例如,液晶显示屏(LCD)等也被连接为显示装置17,以显示各种信息。当CPU 11根据各种操作状态、输入状态和通信状态向显示处理部分16提供显示数据  时,显示处理部分16使显示装置17基于所提供的显示数据执行显示操作。例如,显示装置17显示从服务器等提供的相关信息的内容、或剪辑信息的内容。如果通过网络30搜索歌曲,则在显示装置17上显示搜索结果。  For example, a liquid crystal display (LCD) or the like is also connected as the display device 17 to display various information. When the CPU 11 supplies display data to the display processing section 16 according to various operating states, input states, and communication states , the display processing section 16 causes the display device 17 to perform a display operation based on the supplied display data. For example, the display device 17 displays the content of related information provided from a server or the like, or the content of clip information. If a song is searched through the network 30, the search result is displayed on the display device 17. the

媒体驱动器19a和19b都是能记录/重现(仅在一些记录媒体上重现)记录在便携式存储媒体中的诸如歌曲的内容的驱动器。注意可由媒体驱动器19a和19b的每一个记录或重现的记录媒体类型并不限于一种类型。即,在/从多种类型的记录媒体上记录/重现数据是可能的。例如,媒体驱动器19a用来重现CD和DVD上的内容,同时媒体驱动器19b可在/从MD上记录/重现内容。  Both the media drives 19a and 19b are drives capable of recording/reproducing (reproducing only on some recording media) content such as songs recorded in a portable storage medium. Note that the types of recording media that can be recorded or reproduced by each of the media drives 19a and 19b are not limited to one type. That is, it is possible to record/reproduce data on/from various types of recording media. For example, the media drive 19a is used to reproduce content on CDs and DVDs, while the media drive 19b can record/reproduce content to/from MDs. the

用于记录诸如歌曲等的便携式记录媒体不应限于诸如CD、DVD的光学记录媒体。例如,内容可被存储到由像闪存的半导体存储器构成的记录媒体中。在该情形中,用于闪存的读/写器与总线12相连。  Portable recording media for recording such as songs and the like should not be limited to optical recording media such as CD, DVD. For example, the content may be stored in a recording medium composed of a semiconductor memory like a flash memory. In this case, a reader/writer for the flash memory is connected to the bus 12 . the

用户将已存储了任意内容的存储媒体(CD、DVD、MD等)插入媒体驱动器19a和19b,并在遥控器40上作预定操作。因此用户可收听歌曲等。例如,当用户通过操作遥控器40来指示媒体驱动器19a的重现时,CPU 11命令媒体驱动器19重现内容。作为响应,媒体驱动器19a访问所插入记录媒体中的指定内容,并读取该内容。  The user inserts a storage medium (CD, DVD, MD, etc.) in which arbitrary content has been stored into the media drives 19 a and 19 b , and performs a predetermined operation on the remote controller 40 . Thus the user can listen to songs and the like. For example, when the user instructs the reproduction of the media drive 19a by operating the remote controller 40, the CPU 11 instructs the media drive 19 to reproduce the content. In response, the media drive 19a accesses the specified content in the inserted recording medium, and reads the content. the

如果所读取的内容是音频内容,则该内容等在需要时由CPU 11进行解码,然后传送到音频输出处理单元24。通过诸如均衡(equalizing)、音量控制、D/A转换、放大等,音频输出处理单元24执行诸如声场处理的处理。然后音频输出处理单元24从扬声器25中输出声音。注意,扬声器单元25由图4所示的多个扬声器25a、25b构成,并能输出立体声。  If the read content is audio content, the content or the like is decoded by the CPU 11 when necessary, and then transferred to the audio output processing unit 24. The audio output processing unit 24 performs processing such as sound field processing by such as equalizing, volume control, D/A conversion, amplification, and the like. The audio output processing unit 24 then outputs sound from the speaker 25 . Note that the speaker unit 25 is composed of a plurality of speakers 25a, 25b shown in FIG. 4, and can output stereo sound. the

由媒体驱动器19a、19b重现的内容可作为音频数据文件在CPU 11的控制下存储在HDD 21中。音频数据文件的格式可以是根据采样频率44.1KHz下16-比特量化的对应于音乐CD格式的数字音频数据。或者,为了节约HDD 21的容量,该格式可以是根据预定方法进行压缩处理的压缩音频数据。尽管该压缩方法并不受特别地限制,使用ATRAC(高级变换声学编码(商标))方法、MP3(MPEG音频层-3)方法等是可能的。  The contents reproduced by the media drives 19a, 19b can be stored in the HDD 21 as audio data files under the control of the CPU 11. The format of the audio data file may be digital audio data corresponding to the music CD format according to 16-bit quantization at a sampling frequency of 44.1 KHz. Alternatively, in order to save the capacity of the HDD 21, the format may be compressed audio data subjected to compression processing according to a predetermined method. Although the compression method is not particularly limited, it is possible to use an ATRAC (Advanced Transform Acoustic Coding (trademark)) method, an MP3 (MPEG Audio Layer-3) method, or the like. the

例如,调谐器27是AM/FM无线电调谐器,并基于CPU 11的控制解调通过天线26接收的广播信号。当然,或者调谐器27可以是电视调谐器、卫星广播调谐器、或数字广播调谐器等。解调后的广播音频信号由音频输出处理单元24进行必要的处理,并作为广播声音从扬声器单元25输出。  For example, the tuner 27 is an AM/FM radio tuner, and demodulates a broadcast signal received through the antenna 26 based on the control of the CPU 11. Of course, the tuner 27 may be a TV tuner, a satellite broadcast tuner, a digital broadcast tuner, or the like. The demodulated broadcast audio signal is subjected to necessary processing by the audio output processing unit 24 and output from the speaker unit 25 as broadcast sound. the

通信处理单元22基于CPU 11的控制执行对传送数据的编码处理,以及对接收数据的解码处理。网络接口23通过网络30将由通信处理单元22编码的传送数据传送给预定的外部网络兼容设备。此外,网络接口23将从外部网络兼容设备传送的信号传送给通信处理单元22。通信处理单元22将所接收的信息传送给CPU11。通过网络30接收的信息可以是,例如,在FM广播的节目的相关信息、音乐CD的标题中所包括歌曲的信息。  The communication processing unit 22 executes encoding processing of transmission data and decoding processing of reception data based on the control of the CPU 11. The network interface 23 transmits the transmission data encoded by the communication processing unit 22 to a predetermined external network-compatible device through the network 30 . In addition, the network interface 23 transmits signals transmitted from external network compatible devices to the communication processing unit 22 . The communication processing unit 22 transmits the received information to the CPU 11 . The information received through the network 30 may be, for example, information on programs on FM broadcasts, information on songs included in titles of music CDs. the

红外线通信单元28通过使用诸如红外线辐射的无线通信装置与遥控器40通信。此外,红外线通信单元28对从遥控器40提供的信号执行预定方式,并将信号作为操作命令输入给CPU 11。CPU 11执行必要的计算和控制,以获得响应所输入操作命令的装置操作。  The infrared communication unit 28 communicates with the remote controller 40 by using wireless communication means such as infrared radiation. Further, the infrared communication unit 28 performs a predetermined mode on a signal supplied from the remote controller 40, and inputs the signal to the CPU 11 as an operation command. The CPU 11 performs calculations and controls necessary to obtain device operations in response to input operation commands. the

终端设备10的配置并不限于图5所示的配置,但可进一步地改变。例如,可作更改,从而与外围设备相连的接口可根据诸如USB(通用串行总线)、IEEE(电气和电子工程师协会)1394、蓝牙等通信方法来添加。HDD 21可用来存储通过所述网络接口经网络30下载的音频内容,以及通过根据诸如USB、IEEE 1394的接口传送的音频内容。此外,还可提供各种线端,诸如用于连接话筒、外部耳机等的端子、对应于DVD重现的视频输出端、连接线端、光学数字连接端等。此外,可提供诸如PCMCIA插槽、存储器卡插槽等,使能与外部信息处理装置或音频装置的数据交换。  The configuration of the terminal device 10 is not limited to the configuration shown in FIG. 5, but may be further changed. For example, a change may be made so that an interface connected to a peripheral device may be added according to a communication method such as USB (Universal Serial Bus), IEEE (Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers) 1394, Bluetooth, or the like. The HDD 21 can be used to store audio content downloaded via the network 30 through the network interface, and audio content transmitted through an interface such as USB, IEEE 1394. In addition, various terminals such as a terminal for connecting a microphone, an external earphone, etc., a video output terminal corresponding to DVD reproduction, a connection line terminal, an optical digital connection terminal, etc. may also be provided. In addition, such as a PCMCIA slot, a memory card slot, etc., enabling data exchange with an external information processing device or an audio device may be provided. the

接着,将描述本实施例系统的程序模块的配置。注意,程序模块是描述由终端设备10执行的处理的信息,该终端设备10能基于程序模块执行预定功能。在以下描述中,通过执行程序模块实现的功能将作为程序模块的名称。  Next, the configuration of the program modules of the system of the present embodiment will be described. Note that the program modules are information describing processing performed by the terminal device 10 capable of executing predetermined functions based on the program modules. In the following description, the functions realized by executing the program modules will be used as the names of the program modules. the

图6是示出程序模块的配置的示图。  FIG. 6 is a diagram showing the configuration of program modules. the

终端设备10的程序模块被构建成在OS上运行。由于程序模块的功能,终端设备10能与CD标题信息提供服务器31、广播电台服务器32、音乐提供服务器33、CD商店服务器34、整体服务服务器36、因特网无线服务器35以及其它各种服务器通信。  The program modules of the terminal device 10 are constructed to run on the OS. Due to the function of the program module, the terminal device 10 can communicate with the CD title information providing server 31, broadcast station server 32, music providing server 33, CD store server 34, overall service server 36, Internet wireless server 35 and other various servers. the

HTTP(超文本传输协议)消息程序111通过HTTP通信在各个服务器之间实现各种处理,这些服务器诸如CD标题信息提供服务器31、广播电台服务器32、CD商店服务器34、整体服务服务器36等。通信装置程序112是使能与整体服务服务器36等进行的各种通信的一种通信模块。  The HTTP (Hyper Text Transfer Protocol) message program 111 realizes various processes between servers such as the CD title information providing server 31, the broadcasting station server 32, the CD shop server 34, the overall service server 36, etc. by HTTP communication. The communication device program 112 is a communication module that enables various communications with the overall service server 36 and the like. the

置于通信装置程序112的更高层一侧中的是:翻译内容的CODEC(编解码)  而重现内容的内容重现模块113,以及处理有关版权保护的版权保护信息管理模块114。在内容重现模块113的更高层一侧中,提供执行因特网无线电广播的调谐/重现的因特网无线电调谐/重现模块118。管理歌曲的购买和演示歌曲的回放的歌曲购买/重现模块119在版权保护信息管理模块114的更高层一侧中提供。  Placed in the higher layer side of the communicator program 112 is: the CODEC (codec) of the translated content The content reproduction module 113 reproduces content, and the copyright protection information management module 114 deals with copyright protection. In the higher layer side of the content reproduction module 113, an Internet radio tuning/reproduction module 118 that performs tuning/reproduction of Internet radio broadcasts is provided. A song purchase/reproduction module 119 that manages purchase of songs and playback of demo songs is provided in the higher layer side of the copyright protection information management module 114 . the

XML(可扩展标记语言)浏览器151在因特网无线电调谐/重现模块118和歌曲购买/重现模块119的更高层一侧提供。XML浏览器151翻译从各个服务器发送的XML文件的内容,并在显示设备17的屏幕上显示这些内容。当终端设备10处于整体服务利用模式时,由用户输入的内容通过XML浏览器151来翻译。并且XML浏览器151将对应于所输入内容的处理请求等发送给其它模块。此外,对应于输入内容的处理请求从XML浏览器151被发送到其它模块。由用户通过XML浏览器151选择的歌曲由歌曲购买/重现模块119购买,并通过硬盘内容控制器117写入HDD 21中。  An XML (Extensible Markup Language) browser 151 is provided on the higher layer side of the Internet radio tuning/reproducing module 118 and the song purchasing/reproducing module 119 . The XML browser 151 translates the contents of the XML files sent from the respective servers, and displays them on the screen of the display device 17 . Content input by the user is translated by the XML browser 151 when the terminal device 10 is in the overall service utilization mode. And the XML browser 151 sends processing requests and the like corresponding to the input content to other modules. In addition, processing requests corresponding to input contents are sent from the XML browser 151 to other modules. The song selected by the user through the XML browser 151 is purchased by the song purchase/reproduction module 119, and is written in the HDD 21 by the hard disk content controller 117. the

通信装置程序112与库130的验证库131相连。验证库131执行用于验证诸如整体服务服务器36和其它各个服务器的处理。  The communication device program 112 is connected to the verification library 131 of the library 130 . The authentication library 131 executes processing for authenticating such as the overall service server 36 and other individual servers. the

此外,在通信装置程序112的更高层一侧中,提供了数据库访问模块115、内容数据访问模块116和硬盘内容控制器117。数据库访问模块115访问在HDD 21中构建的各个数据库。内容数据访问模块116访问存储在HDD 21中的内容。硬盘内容控制器117管理存储在HDD 21中的内容。  Furthermore, in the higher layer side of the communication device program 112, a database access module 115, a content data access module 116, and a hard disk content controller 117 are provided. The database access module 115 accesses various databases constructed in the HDD 21. The content data access module 116 accesses content stored in the HDD 21. The hard disk contents controller 117 manages the contents stored in the HDD 21. the

在硬盘内容选择器117的更高层一侧中,提供了相关信息显示模块120、调谐器调谐/重现/记录模块121、以及歌曲购买/重现模块119。相关信息显示模块120在显示装置17上显示无线电台所广播歌曲的标题和艺术家名字。调谐器调谐/重现/记录模块121执行对无线电台的调谐,并将从无线电台接收的歌曲内容记录到HDD 21中。  In the higher layer side of the hard disk content selector 117, a related information display module 120, a tuner tuning/reproduction/recording module 121, and a song purchase/reproduction module 119 are provided. The related information display module 120 displays the title and artist name of the song broadcast by the radio station on the display device 17 . The tuner tuning/reproducing/recording module 121 performs tuning of radio stations, and records song content received from the radio stations into the HDD 21. the

例如,通过音频用户接口(音频UI)152从无线电台接收的歌曲通过内容数据访问模块116记录到HDD 21中。  For example, a song received from a radio station through the audio user interface (audio UI) 152 is recorded into the HDD 21 through the content data access module 116. the

相关信息显示模块120经HTTP消息程序111、通过调谐器调谐/重现/记录模块121、从CD标题信息提供服务器31、广播电台服务器32等中接收当前从无线电台广播的歌曲的标题和艺术家名字作为相关信息。然后模块120通过音频用户接口152在显示设备17上显示相关信息。  The related information display module 120 receives the title and artist name of the song currently broadcast from the radio station from the CD title information providing server 31, the broadcasting station server 32, etc. via the HTTP message program 111, through the tuner tuning/reproducing/recording module 121 as relevant information. The module 120 then displays the relevant information on the display device 17 via the audio user interface 152 . the

诸如,通过音频用户接口152在显示设备17上显示的相关信息可暂时存储在库130的剪辑库132中。此外,相关信息最后可通过数据库访问模块115根据用户  指令存储在HDD 21中。  Relevant information displayed on display device 17 , such as via audio user interface 152 , may be temporarily stored in clip library 132 of library 130 . In addition, the relevant information can finally be accessed through the database access module 115 according to the user Instructions are stored in HDD 21. the

此外,包括在终端设备10中的程序模块是CD回放模块141、以及用于重现来自HDD 21的数据的HDD重现模块142。所重现的结果通过音频数据处理部分24和扬声器25输出。  Furthermore, program modules included in the terminal device 10 are a CD playback module 141, and an HDD reproduction module 142 for reproducing data from the HDD 21. The reproduced result is output through the audio data processing section 24 and the speaker 25 . the

然后,将描述使用以上终端设备10的剪辑处理。  Then, clipping processing using the above terminal device 10 will be described. the

终端设备10可剪辑有关终端设备10中和网络30上存储媒体中存在的的歌曲和歌曲集的信息,并可将信息存储为剪辑细细。最基本的剪辑处理之一是从相应的广播电台服务器32获得与播送中(现在播送)歌曲相关的信息,同时接收FM广播等。例如,在该情形中,终端设备10以30秒左右的固定时间间隔访问对应于广播电台37的广播电台服务器32,来获得最新的相关信息(涉及已播送或将要播送的任何歌曲)。当终端设备10检测用户采取的剪辑操作时,终端设备10将在此时获得的相关信息存储为剪辑信息。  The terminal device 10 can clip information on songs and albums existing in the terminal device 10 and in storage media on the network 30, and can store the information as clips. One of the most basic clipping processes is to obtain information related to a song on air (on air) from the corresponding broadcast station server 32 while receiving FM broadcast or the like. For example, in this case, the terminal device 10 accesses the broadcast station server 32 corresponding to the broadcast station 37 at a fixed time interval of about 30 seconds to obtain the latest relevant information (related to any songs that have been broadcast or will be broadcast). When the terminal device 10 detects a clipping operation taken by the user, the terminal device 10 stores relevant information obtained at this time as clipping information. the

所剪辑的相关信息不仅包括歌曲的名称及其艺术家名字,而且包括包含该歌曲的专辑的标识ID。然后用户使用例如终端设备10来访问音乐分发服务器33、CD商店服务器34等,并向这些服务器通知剪辑信息中专辑的标识ID。因而,用户可实现购买专辑的过程。  The clipped related information includes not only the title of the song and its artist name, but also the identification ID of the album containing the song. The user then accesses the music distribution server 33, the CD shop server 34, etc. using, for example, the terminal device 10, and notifies these servers of the identification ID of the album in the clip information. Thus, the user can implement the process of purchasing an album. the

在剪辑处理中,不仅在歌曲单元中而且在歌曲集的单元中将信息存储为剪辑信息是可能的。例如,在接收广播的同时进行剪辑处理时,剪辑时所广播节目中广播的歌曲列表(播送列表)可取作一个单元,并可存储为一个剪辑信息项。  In clip processing, it is possible to store information as clip information not only in units of songs but also in units of albums. For example, when clipping is performed while receiving broadcasting, a song list (broadcast list) broadcast in a broadcast program at the clipping time can be taken as one unit and stored as one clipping information item. the

来自广播服务器32的通过剪辑处理获取并可存储的信息并不限于包括现在播送歌曲的歌曲或歌曲集。用户可通过终端设备10将日期和/或时段指定为搜索条件,并将该条件传送给广播电台服务器32。然后,用户获得作为搜索结果的歌曲或歌曲集。从所获取的信息,用户选择并剪辑所需部分,并将其存储为剪辑信息。  The information acquired by the clipping process from the broadcast server 32 and storable is not limited to songs or albums including songs being broadcast now. The user can designate a date and/or a time period as a search condition through the terminal device 10 and transmit the condition to the broadcast station server 32 . Then, the user obtains the song or song collection as the search result. From the acquired information, the user selects and clips a desired portion, and stores it as clip information. the

为了通过剪辑从广播电台服务器32中获取相关信息,终端设备10需要获取并知道对应于接收频率的广播电台的信息源。在根据本实施例的网络系统中,总体服务服务器提供对每个广播电台的相关信息供应商的URL。在该服务中,呼号被用作用于指定广播电台的标识信息。因此,终端设备10将呼号传送给整体服务服务器36,然后接收整体服务服务器36搜索的URL,因而使能对URL的访问。  In order to obtain relevant information from the broadcast station server 32 through clipping, the terminal device 10 needs to obtain and know the information source of the broadcast station corresponding to the receiving frequency. In the network system according to the present embodiment, the overall service server provides URLs of related information providers for each broadcasting station. In this service, a call sign is used as identification information for specifying a broadcasting station. Accordingly, the terminal device 10 transmits the call sign to the overall service server 36, and then receives the URL searched by the overall service server 36, thereby enabling access to the URL. the

此外,来自FM无线电台的广播信号的可接收区域受到限制。有位于相距遥远区域内的多个广播电台是相等广播频率的情形。因此,接收频率并非总是与呼号相对应。整体访问服务器36因此提供了以下服务:从终端设备10接收区域信息,  以及将广播电台列表提供为列出区域中可接收广播电台的名称、呼号和频率之间的对应性的信息。  In addition, the receivable area of broadcast signals from FM radio stations is limited. There are cases where a plurality of broadcasting stations located in distant areas are equal broadcasting frequencies. Therefore, the receiving frequency does not always correspond to the call sign. The overall access server 36 thus provides the following services: receiving area information from the terminal device 10, And the broadcasting station list is provided as information listing the correspondence between names, call signs and frequencies of receivable broadcasting stations in the area. the

图7是示出整体服务服务器36在提供广播电台列表时的处理流程的流程图。  FIG. 7 is a flowchart showing the flow of processing when the overall service server 36 provides a list of broadcasting stations. the

在步骤S11,从终端设备10接收指定区域的信息。服务器确定已接收对广播电台列表的接收请求,并前进到步骤S12。此时接收的信息可包括地区名、邮编、长途代码、区域名等。  In step S11 , information specifying an area is received from the terminal device 10 . The server determines that the reception request for the broadcast station list has been received, and proceeds to step S12. The information received at this time may include area name, zip code, long-distance code, area name and so on. the

在步骤S12,指定对应于所接收信息的区域,并从HDD 32c中的数据库中提取有关该区域中可接收的广播电台的信息。  In step S12, an area corresponding to the received information is specified, and information on receivable broadcasting stations in the area is extracted from the database in the HDD 32c. the

在步骤S13,作为彼此链接的包括频率、广播电台名称、呼号等对应信息列表的广播电台列表信息,基于所提取的信息被传送给终端设备10。  In step S13, broadcasting station list information as a list of corresponding information including frequencies, broadcasting station names, call signs, etc. linked to each other is transmitted to the terminal device 10 based on the extracted information. the

在步骤S14,确定处理的完成。如果处理尚未完成,则流程返回到步骤S11并等待来自终端设备10的信号。  In step S14, completion of processing is determined. If the processing has not been completed, the flow returns to step S11 and waits for a signal from the terminal device 10 . the

在上述处理中,多个频率可连同指定区域的信息一起接收,诸如地区名或邮编。如果在相应区域中可接收的广播电台的频率等于所接收频率,则可传送广播电台的名称和频率的呼号。此外,在该处理中,如果在从终端设备10接收的频率中有不等于可接收广播电台的任一频率的频率,则可传送该区域中可接收的其它广播电台的频率、广播电台名称和呼号的列表。  In the above processing, a plurality of frequencies may be received together with information specifying an area, such as a district name or a zip code. If the frequency of the broadcast station receivable in the corresponding area is equal to the received frequency, the name of the broadcast station and the call sign of the frequency may be transmitted. Also, in this processing, if there is a frequency not equal to any frequency of a receivable broadcasting station among the frequencies received from the terminal device 10, the frequencies of other broadcasting stations receivable in the area, the name of the broadcasting station, and A list of call signs. the

图8是示出整体服务服务器36包括的提供广播电台列表的数据库示例的表格。  FIG. 8 is a table showing an example of a database provided by the overall service server 36 that provides a list of broadcasting stations. the

如图8所示,整体服务服务器36具有分别对可接收电波的可接收区域存储传送电波的频率、其广播电台名称和呼号的数据库。因此,当区域被指为搜索关键字时,组合了区域内可接收频率、其广播电台名称及其呼号的信息列表被提取并传送为广播电台列表。整体服务服务器36还具有将用于指定区域的各个信息项(诸如邮编和地区名)链接到图8所示数据库上的区域名的数据库。  As shown in FIG. 8 , the overall service server 36 has a database for storing the frequency of the transmission radio wave, the name of the broadcasting station, and the call sign for each receivable area where the radio wave is receivable. Therefore, when an area is designated as a search key, an information list combining receivable frequencies in the area, their broadcasting station names, and their call signs is extracted and transmitted as a broadcasting station list. The overall service server 36 also has a database linking various information items for designating an area, such as zip codes and area names, to area names on the database shown in FIG. 8 . the

同时,终端设备10具有指示预先存储(预先设置)彼此链接的要接收频率和预设置数、并指示选择和接收等于一个预设置数的一个相应频率的功能。因此,当预先设置接收频率时,终端设备10如上所述利用整体服务服务器36的服务,来预设置终端设备10可接收的广播电台的名称和呼号,它们与接收频率相链接。推后,逐段设备10可获取和访问相关信息供应商的URL。因此简便地使用从广播电台服务器32中获取相关信息的服务是可能的。  Meanwhile, the terminal device 10 has a function of instructing pre-stored (pre-set) to-be-received frequencies and a preset number linked to each other, and instructing selection and reception of a corresponding frequency equal to a preset number. Therefore, when presetting the reception frequency, the terminal device 10 utilizes the service of the overall service server 36 as described above to pre-set the names and call signs of broadcasting stations receivable by the terminal device 10, which are linked with the reception frequency. Afterwards, the segment-by-segment device 10 may obtain and access the URL of the relevant information provider. Therefore, it is possible to use the service of acquiring related information from the broadcasting station server 32 easily. the

然而,终端设备10并不总是通过电波来接收无线电广播。例如,有终端设备  10通过有线电视的电缆接收无线电广播的情形。在该情形中,发送无线电广播的频率与传送无线电广播的频率会不同。在另一情形中,可传送并提供在本区域中通常不能接收的远距离广播电台的无线电广播。在这些情形中,终端设备10不能仅根据区域信息来使频率与呼号链接。  However, the terminal device 10 does not always receive radio broadcasts through electric waves. For example, there are terminal devices 10 Situation of receiving radio broadcasting through cable TV cable. In this case, the frequency at which the radio broadcast is transmitted will be different from the frequency at which the radio broadcast is transmitted. In another case, radio broadcasts of long-distance broadcast stations that are not normally receivable in the area may be transmitted and provided. In these cases, the terminal device 10 cannot link the frequency with the call sign based only on the area information. the

因此当包括在从整体服务服务器36接收的广播电台列表信息中的区域内可接收频率与预先设置频率不相同时,终端设备10在显示装置17上列出并显示广播电台列表信息中的广播电台名称。因而,用户可作从名称中作选择的输入操作,使得预设置可根据区域或接收方法通过准确和简便的操作来实现。  Therefore, when the receivable frequency in the area included in the broadcast station list information received from the overall service server 36 is different from the preset frequency, the terminal device 10 lists and displays the broadcast stations in the broadcast station list information on the display device 17. name. Thus, the user can make an input operation to select from names, so that presets can be realized by accurate and simple operations according to areas or reception methods. the

现在将详细描述预设置频率时终端设备10中的处理。图9是示出预设置频率时终端设备10中整个处理流程的流程图。  Processing in the terminal device 10 at the time of preset frequency will now be described in detail. FIG. 9 is a flow chart showing the entire processing flow in the terminal device 10 when the frequency is preset. the

在本实施例中,为终端设备10准备了两类预设置方法,即,自动预设置和手动预设置。用户可选择和使用任一个。在自动预设置中,自动检测(自动-调谐)可接收广播的频率,并对其分配预设置数。此外,存储检测到的自动与广播电台名称和呼号相链接的频率。在手动预设置中,这些处理根据来自用户的操作输入来执行。来自用户的操作输入基本上通过遥控器40给出。  In this embodiment, two types of preset methods are prepared for the terminal device 10, namely, automatic preset and manual preset. The user can select and use either one. In automatic preset, a frequency receivable for broadcasting is automatically detected (auto-tuned), and a preset number is assigned thereto. In addition, the detected frequencies are stored automatically linked with the broadcast station name and call sign. In manual preset, these processes are performed according to operation input from the user. Operational input from the user is basically given through the remote controller 40 . the

在步骤S21,根据用户的操作输入选择预设置方法。如果选择了自动预设置,则流程前进到步骤S22。否则,如果选择手动预设置,则流程前进到步骤S26。  In step S21, a preset method is selected according to user's operation input. If automatic preset is selected, the flow advances to step S22. Otherwise, if manual preset is selected, the process proceeds to step S26. the

在步骤S22,逐渐更改接收频率以自动检测接收广播的频率。然后,检测到的分配了预设置数的频率按序存储。  In step S22, the receiving frequency is gradually changed to automatically detect the frequency at which broadcasting is received. Then, the detected frequencies assigned the preset numbers are stored in sequence. the

在步骤S23,终端设备10传送指定安装了终端设备10的区域的信息,并执行从整体服务服务器36中接收广播电台列表的处理。步骤S23的处理将参照图12在后面详细描述。  In step S23 , the terminal device 10 transmits information specifying an area in which the terminal device 10 is installed, and performs a process of receiving a list of broadcasting stations from the overall service server 36 . The processing of step S23 will be described in detail later with reference to FIG. 12 . the

在步骤S24,与那些在步骤S22预设置的频率相同的频率从接收到的广播电台列表中逐一挑出,并且存储与频率链接的广播电台名称和呼号,它们与相应的预设置数相链接。  In step S24, the same frequencies as those preset in step S22 are picked out one by one from the received broadcast station list, and the broadcast station names and call signs linked to the frequencies are stored, which are linked to the corresponding preset numbers. the

在步骤S25,确定广播电台名称和呼号是否已相对于步骤S22中存储的所有预设置数存储。如果名称和呼号已相对于全部数字存储,则处理结束。或者,如果有其上存储了除包括在广播电台列表中的频率外的其它频率的任何预设置数,则处理前进到步骤S28,其中通过用户的手动输入执行相对于那些预设置数的预设置。  In step S25, it is determined whether the broadcasting station name and call sign have been stored against all the preset numbers stored in step S22. If the name and callsign have been stored against all digits, then processing ends. Alternatively, if there are any preset numbers on which other frequencies than those included in the broadcasting station list are stored, the process proceeds to step S28, where the presets relative to those preset numbers are performed by the user's manual input. . the

否则,如果在步骤S21选择手动预设置,则在步骤S26接收频率根据用户的操作改变。接收广播的各个频率和分配给各频率的预设置数被存储。  Otherwise, if manual preset is selected at step S21, the receiving frequency is changed according to the user's operation at step S26. Each frequency for receiving broadcasts and a preset number assigned to each frequency are stored. the

在步骤S27,终端设备10传送指定安装了终端设备10的区域的信息,并执行从整体服务服务器36中接收广播电台列表的处理。该步骤与步骤S23相同,并将参照图12详细描述。  In step S27 , the terminal device 10 transmits information specifying the area in which the terminal device 10 is installed, and performs a process of receiving a list of broadcasting stations from the overall service server 36 . This step is the same as step S23 and will be described in detail with reference to FIG. 12 . the

在步骤S28,对每个预设置数执行根据用户的操作存储所接收广播电台列表的处理。  In step S28, a process of storing a list of received broadcast stations according to user's operation is performed for each preset number. the

图10是示出对应于上述步骤S28的通过手动操作预设置广播电台列表的信息的处理流程的流程图。  FIG. 10 is a flowchart showing a processing flow of presetting the information of the broadcasting station list by manual operation corresponding to the above-mentioned step S28. the

在步骤S31,广播电台名称在显示设备17上列出并显示,以使用户对为存储广播电台名称和呼号的每个预设置数作出选择。在该处理中,从先前步骤S23或S27中或者后面描述的步骤S38中接收的广播电台列表中提取、列出并显示广播电台名称。该屏幕还显示指令项,以在不同于列出和显示区域的另一区域内显示广播电台名称的列表。因而用户被允许选择该项。此时的屏幕显示示例如后面描述的图11所示。  In step S31, the broadcasting station names are listed and displayed on the display device 17 to allow the user to make a selection for each preset number for storing the broadcasting station names and call signs. In this process, broadcasting station names are extracted, listed, and displayed from the broadcasting station list received in the previous step S23 or S27 or in the later-described step S38. The screen also displays instruction items to display a list of broadcast station names in another area than the list and display areas. The user is thus allowed to select the item. A screen display example at this time is shown in FIG. 11 described later. the

在步骤S32,通过使用遥控器40的方向键41a和41b以及输入键,从所显示列表中选择并决定广播电台名称。然后,流程前进到步骤S33。  In step S32, by using the direction keys 41a and 41b and the enter key of the remote controller 40, a broadcasting station name is selected and decided from the displayed list. Then, the flow advances to step S33. the

在步骤S33,步骤S32中选择的广播电台名称和相应的呼号从所接收的广播电台列表中提取,并与相应预设置数链接存储。  In step S33, the name of the broadcasting station and the corresponding call sign selected in step S32 are extracted from the received broadcasting station list, and stored in link with the corresponding preset number. the

在步骤S34,如果处理未对全部预设置数完成,则流程返回到步骤S31并继续对下一预设置数处理,在该预设置数上尚未存储广播电台名称和呼号。  In step S34, if the processing has not been completed for all preset numbers, the flow returns to step S31 and continues processing for the next preset number on which the broadcasting station name and call sign have not been stored. the

在步骤S35,如果未从列出步骤S31中显示的广播电台名称的显示屏中选择广播电台名称,,而是选择了用于请求不同于列示区域的另一区域的广播电台列示的项,则流程前进到步骤S36。否则,如果未对当前的预设置数执行广播电台名称的预设置,则流程前进到步骤S34。  In step S35, if the broadcast station name is not selected from the display screen listing the broadcast station names displayed in step S31, but an item for requesting broadcast station listing of another area different from the listed area is selected , the flow proceeds to step S36. Otherwise, if the preset of the broadcasting station name is not performed for the current preset number, the flow proceeds to step S34. the

在步骤S36,用于选择接收区域的屏幕在显示设备17上显示。用户通过使用方向键41a和41b以及输入键来选择并确定区域。  A screen for selecting a reception area is displayed on the display device 17 at step S36. The user selects and determines an area by using the direction keys 41a and 41b and the enter key. the

在步骤S37,指出选定区域的信息被传送给整体服务服务器36,以请求对应于该区域的广播电台列表。  In step S37, information indicating the selected area is transmitted to the overall service server 36 to request a list of broadcasting stations corresponding to the area. the

在步骤S38,接收对应于所请求区域的广播电台列表。然后,处理返回到步骤S31,其中接收到的广播电台列表中的广播电台名称被显示为列表,并得到用户的下一操作输入。如果流程从该处理继续到步骤S35~S38,则选择并预设置另一区域的任意广播电台的名称和呼号是可能的。  In step S38, a list of broadcasting stations corresponding to the requested area is received. Then, the process returns to step S31, where the broadcast station names in the received broadcast station list are displayed as a list, and the user's next operation input is obtained. If the flow proceeds from this process to steps S35-S38, it is possible to select and pre-set the name and call sign of an arbitrary broadcasting station in another area. the

图11示出列出并显示前面步骤S31的广播电台名称的屏幕显示示例。  FIG. 11 shows an example of a screen display listing and displaying the broadcasting station names of the previous step S31. the

在图11所示屏幕中,选定预设置数和接收频率在显示部分171中显示,且广播电台列表中广播电台的名称在列示部分172中列出并显示。在部分172下显示的用于请求另一区域广播电台的列示的指令项173。此外,焦点通过方向键41a和41b移到列表显示部分172中的任一个广播电台名称,并通过输入键来决定广播电台名称。因而,可预设置广播电台名称及相应呼号。此外,焦点可移到指令项173且该项得以决定。因而,可从整体服务服务器36中获得另一区域的广播电台名称和呼号,且广播电台名称可在相似屏幕上显示。  In the screen shown in FIG. 11, the selected preset number and reception frequency are displayed in the display portion 171, and the names of the broadcasting stations in the broadcasting station list are listed and displayed in the listing portion 172. Displayed under section 172 is an instruction item 173 for requesting listing of another regional broadcast station. Also, the focus is moved to any one of the broadcasting station names in the list display portion 172 by the direction keys 41a and 41b, and the broadcasting station name is determined by the input key. Thus, the name of the broadcasting station and the corresponding call sign can be preset. In addition, the focus can be moved to command item 173 and the item is determined. Thus, the broadcasting station name and call sign of another area can be obtained from the overall service server 36, and the broadcasting station name can be displayed on a similar screen. the

在所述处理中,在安装了终端设备10的区域中可通过电波接收的广播电台名称及其呼号以列表形式形式,从而用户可从该列表中进行选择。结果,不仅在选择手动预设置时而且在选择自动预设置时,这些类型的信息可通过简单操作与预设置数和频率准确链接地存储。因此,即使在无线电广播通过有线电视以不同于通过电波传送频率的频率传送时,广播电台名称和呼号也能简便并准确地预设置。  In the process, names of broadcasting stations receivable by electric waves and their call signs in the area where the terminal device 10 is installed are in a list form so that the user can select from the list. As a result, these types of information can be stored accurately linked with the number and frequency of presets by simple operations not only when manual preset is selected but also when automatic preset is selected. Therefore, even when radio broadcasting is transmitted through cable TV at a frequency different from that transmitted through electric waves, the broadcasting station name and call sign can be easily and accurately preset. the

用于请求显示另一区域广播电台的列表的指令项在显示广播电台名称的列示屏幕上提供。获取了广播电台名称的相应列表,并进一步列出、显示广播电台名称,并使其可选。因而,即使当不可通过电波接收的另一区域的广播通过有线电视等传送时,其广播电台的名称和呼号仍然可简便地预设置。  An instruction item for requesting to display a list of broadcasting stations of another area is provided on a listing screen displaying names of broadcasting stations. The corresponding list of radio station names is fetched and further listed, displayed, and made selectable. Thus, even when a broadcast of another area that cannot be received by electric waves is transmitted by cable TV or the like, the name and call sign of its broadcasting station can be easily preset. the

通过使用由该类处理预设置的呼号,相应广播电台服务器32的URL从整体服务服务器36中获取。正在接收的广播电台节目的相关信息可通过访问该URL获得。因此,不管接收广播的形式如何,用于获取通过终端设备10真正接收到的广播电台节目的相关信息的初始设置都可通过简单操作来准确执行。  The URL of the corresponding broadcast station server 32 is acquired from the overall service server 36 by using the call sign preset by this type of processing. Information about programs of radio stations being received can be obtained by accessing this URL. Therefore, regardless of the form of receiving broadcasts, the initial setting for acquiring information about broadcasting station programs actually received through the terminal device 10 can be accurately performed by simple operations. the

然后,将添加对图9中步骤S23~S27中广播电台列表处理的补充说明。  Then, a supplementary description of the broadcasting station list processing in steps S23 to S27 in FIG. 9 will be added. the

为了接收广播电台列表,指定区域的信息可被传送给整体访问服务器36,如上所述,它的最基本方法是通过用户操作使得用户输入并传送区域名、邮编、长途代码等。然而,因为终端设备10没有十键、字符输入键盘等,对该类信息的输入操作最好尽可能地简化,或者最好消除输入操作的必要性。  In order to receive the broadcasting station list, the information of the designated area can be transmitted to the overall access server 36, as mentioned above, its most basic method is to make the user input and transmit the area name, zip code, long-distance code, etc. through user operation. However, since the terminal device 10 has no ten keys, a character input keyboard, etc., the input operation for such information is preferably simplified as much as possible, or the necessity of the input operation is preferably eliminated. the

另一方面,为了从广播电台服务器32接收提供涉及节目和歌曲(现在播送)的相关信息的服务,需要初始登记过程。在本实施例中,该登记过程由整体服务服务器36执行。  On the other hand, in order to receive a service from the broadcasting station server 32 that provides related information concerning programs and songs (currently broadcasting), an initial registration process is required. In this embodiment, this registration process is performed by the overall service server 36 . the

在登记过程中,在整体服务服务器36中登记标识用户的用户ID和密码,连同诸如用户名字和地址的用户个人信息。一个用户使用多个终端设备来接收服务也  是可能的。因此,用户可对每个终端设备登记一个任意名。此外,当用户从终端设备访问整体访问服务器36时并传送呼号时,用户通过告知用户的ID、密码和终端设备名称来验证。如果用户被确定为有效用户,则用户能获得对应于呼号的广播电台服务器32的URL,并可使用该服务。  In the registration process, the user ID and password identifying the user are registered in the overall service server 36, together with the user's personal information such as the user's name and address. It is also possible for a user to use multiple terminal devices to receive services It is possible. Therefore, the user can register an arbitrary name for each terminal device. Furthermore, when a user accesses the overall access server 36 from a terminal device and transmits a call sign, the user authenticates by notifying the user's ID, password, and terminal device name. If the user is determined to be a valid user, the user can obtain the URL of the broadcast station server 32 corresponding to the call sign, and can use the service. the

因此,指定区域的信息(例如地址、邮编等)包括在为提供相关信息的服务而登记的每个用户的登记信息中。通过在请求广播电台列表时使用该信息,用户可避免输入操作。例如,这通过在登记处理中将登记信息记录到终端设备来实现。  Therefore, information specifying an area (such as address, zip code, etc.) is included in the registration information of each user registered for the service of providing related information. By using this information when requesting a list of radio stations, the user avoids typing. This is achieved, for example, by recording registration information to the terminal device in the registration process. the

图12是示出接收广播电台列表的处理流程的流程图。例如,在以下处理中,邮编被用作指定区域的信息。  FIG. 12 is a flowchart showing the flow of processing for receiving a broadcast station list. For example, in the following processing, a zip code is used as information specifying an area. the

在步骤S41,确定对提供相关信息的服务的登记是否已完成。该确定基于例如登记信息是否存在于终端设备10的HDD 21中而作出。如果登记信息存在,则流程前进到步骤S42。如果登记信息不存在,则流程前进到步骤S43。  In step S41, it is determined whether the registration for the service of providing related information has been completed. This determination is made based on, for example, whether registration information exists in the HDD 21 of the terminal device 10. If the registration information exists, the flow advances to step S42. If the registration information does not exist, the flow advances to step S43. the

在步骤S42,从存储在终端设备10中的登记信息中提取用户地址中的邮编,并及其传送到整体服务服务器36。然后,处理流程前进到步骤S45。  In step S42 , the zip code in the user address is extracted from the registration information stored in the terminal device 10 , and transmitted to the overall service server 36 . Then, the processing flow advances to step S45. the

另一方面,在步骤S43,邮编的输入屏幕在显示设备17上显示。此外,在步骤S44,所输入的邮编被传送给整体服务服务器36,且流程前进到步骤S45。  On the other hand, an input screen of the zip code is displayed on the display device 17 at step S43. Furthermore, at step S44, the input zip code is transmitted to the overall service server 36, and the flow advances to step S45. the

在步骤S45,接收从整体服务服务器36传送的广播电台列表。所接收的广播电台列表暂时存储在例如RAM 20。  In step S45, the broadcasting station list transmitted from the overall service server 36 is received. The received broadcasting station list is temporarily stored in RAM 20, for example. the

因而,如果事先已执行对相关信息提供服务的登记,则输入用于指定区域的信息就没有必要了,因此用户的操作能力可得到改进。存储在终端设备中的登记信息在上述处理示例中使用。然而,整体服务服务器36可从访问服务器以请求广播电台列表的用户的登记信息中提取诸如邮编等的区域信息,并且可传送对应于该请求的广播电台列表。例如在该情形中,当从终端设备访问整体访问服务器36时,用户的终端设备的用户ID、密码和名称根据用户的输入操作来告知。  Thus, if the registration for the related information providing service has been performed in advance, it is not necessary to input information for specifying an area, so that the user's operability can be improved. The registration information stored in the terminal device is used in the above processing example. However, the overall service server 36 may extract area information such as a zip code from registration information of a user who accesses the server to request a broadcast station list, and may transmit a broadcast station list corresponding to the request. In this case, for example, when accessing the overall access server 36 from a terminal device, the user ID, password, and name of the user's terminal device are notified according to the user's input operation. the

当描述该处理内容的程序由终端设备10的CPU处理时,如上所述的终端设备10的处理功能实现。或者,类似的程序可由计算机的CPU实现,从而如上所述的处理功能由计算机实现。描述该处理内容的程序可被记录在终端设备10或计算机宽度的记录媒体上。该类记录媒体是磁性记录设备、光盘、磁性-光学记录媒体、半导体存储器等。磁性记录装置可以是HDD、软盘(FD)、CD-ROM、CD-R(可记录)/RW(可写)等。磁性-光学记录媒体可以是MO(磁性-光)盘等。  When a program describing the processing content is processed by the CPU of the terminal device 10, the processing function of the terminal device 10 as described above is realized. Alternatively, a similar program can be realized by the CPU of the computer so that the processing functions as described above are realized by the computer. A program describing the processing content can be recorded on the terminal device 10 or a computer-wide recording medium. Such recording media are magnetic recording devices, optical disks, magneto-optical recording media, semiconductor memories, and the like. The magnetic recording device may be HDD, floppy disk (FD), CD-ROM, CD-R (recordable)/RW (rewritable), or the like. The magneto-optical recording medium may be an MO (Magneto-Optical) disc or the like. the

例如,在发行程序的情形中,售卖记录程序的便携式记录媒体,诸如DVD、  CD-ROM等。或者,程序可存储在服务器计算机的存储中,从该服务器中程序可通过网络传送到另一计算机。  For example, in the case of distributing programs, portable recording media such as DVDs, CD-ROM, etc. Alternatively, the program may be stored in the storage of a server computer, from which the program may be transferred to another computer over a network. the

终端设备10或执行程序的计算机首先将记录在便携式记录媒体上的或从服务器计算机中传送的程序存储到终端设备10的存储设备中。例如,在终端设备10的情形中,程序存储在HDD 21等中。然后终端设备10或计算机从它自己的存储设备中读取程序并根据该程序执行处理。注意,终端设备10或计算机可直接从便携式记录媒体中读取程序,并根据程序执行处理。或者,每当从服务器计算机中传送程序时,可根据接收到的程序执行处理。  The terminal device 10 or the computer executing the program first stores the program recorded on the portable recording medium or transferred from the server computer into the storage device of the terminal device 10 . For example, in the case of the terminal device 10, the program is stored in the HDD 21 or the like. Then the terminal device 10 or computer reads the program from its own storage device and executes processing according to the program. Note that the terminal device 10 or the computer can directly read the program from the portable recording medium, and execute processing according to the program. Alternatively, processing may be performed according to the received program every time the program is transferred from the server computer. the

如上所述,该网络系统被构建成:实现向终端设备10提供现在播送信息的服务,同时终端设备10接收来自预设置广播电台的节目。然后,图13所示的音乐相关服务提供系统1000将参照图14~25被描述为该网络系统的特定示例。该音乐相关服务提供系统1000具有单一的注册功能。  As described above, the network system is constructed to realize a service of providing now-broadcasting information to the terminal device 10 while the terminal device 10 receives programs from preset broadcasting stations. Then, the music-related service providing system 1000 shown in FIG. 13 will be described as a specific example of the network system with reference to FIGS. 14 to 25 . The music-related service providing system 1000 has a single registration function. the

提供现在播送信息的服务将主要参照图25在后面详细描述。在该情形中,上述节目信息服务器4对应于无线电广播信息分发服务器1006。上述广播电台指定服务器2对应于例如入口服务器1003。上述重现装置1(终端设备10)对应于例如客户机终端1002。上述网络3对应于例如网络NT 1000。  The service of providing now airing information will be described in detail later mainly with reference to FIG. 25 . In this case, the above-mentioned program information server 4 corresponds to the radio broadcast information distribution server 1006 . The broadcast station specifying server 2 described above corresponds to the entry server 1003, for example. The reproduction apparatus 1 (terminal device 10) described above corresponds to the client terminal 1002, for example. The above-mentioned network 3 corresponds to the network NT 1000, for example. the

(1)音乐相关服务提供系统  (1) Music-related service provision system

(1-1)系统配置  (1-1) System Configuration

在图13中,标号1000表示整个的音乐相关服务提供系统,它包括与音乐相关服务提供系统1000签订合约的用户的客户机终端1002、管理客户机终端1002的入口服务器1003、向客户机终端1002提供各种音乐相关服务的多个服务器1004~1008。  In FIG. 13 , reference numeral 1000 denotes an entire music-related service providing system, which includes a client terminal 1002 of a user who signs a contract with the music-related service providing system 1000, an entry server 1003 that manages the client terminal 1002, and provides information to the client terminal 1002. A plurality of servers 1004-1008 provide various music-related services. the

在该实施例情形中,音乐数据分发服务器1004向客户机终端1002提供音乐数据的音乐数据分发服务,其中音乐数据具有根据ATRAC3(自适应变换声学编码)、AAC(高级音频编码)、WMA(Windows媒体音频)、RealAUDIO G2音乐编解码器、以及MP3(MPEG音频层-3)等的格式。  In the case of this embodiment, the music data distribution server 1004 provides the client terminal 1002 with a music data distribution service of music data having an Media Audio), RealAUDIO G2 music codec, and formats such as MP3 (MPEG Audio Layer-3). the

销售服务器1005提供销售服务,通过客户机终端1002向用户售卖CD(光盘)和DVD(数字多功能盘)。  A sales server 1005 provides a sales service of selling CDs (Compact Disks) and DVDs (Digital Versatile Discs) to users through the client terminal 1002 . the

此外,无线电广播信息分发服务器1006向客户机终端1002提供无线电广播信息分发服务,在从无线电台发送的无线电广播中分发无线电节目、音乐等。  In addition, the radio broadcast information distribution server 1006 provides the client terminal 1002 with a radio broadcast information distribution service for distributing radio programs, music, and the like in radio broadcasts transmitted from radio stations. the

此外,因特网无线服务器1007通过对应于因特网的网络NT 1000向客户机终  端1002提供因特网无线电广播服务,它以流动分发的形式广播无线电广播数据。  In addition, the Internet wireless server 1007 communicates to the client terminal through the network NT 1000 corresponding to the Internet. A terminal 1002 provides an Internet radio broadcast service which broadcasts radio broadcast data in the form of streaming distribution. the

此外,核算服务器1008被配置成响应于来自入口服务器1003等的请求执行核算过程,以向用户收取各种费用。  In addition, the accounting server 1008 is configured to execute an accounting process in response to a request from the portal server 1003 or the like to charge various fees to the user. the

(1-2)客户机终端1002的配置  (1-2) Configuration of client terminal 1002

(1-2-1)客户机终端1002的功能电路块配置  (1-2-1) Functional circuit block configuration of the client terminal 1002

然后,将描述客户机终端1002的功能电路块的硬件配置。如图14所示,当用户操作操作输入部分1020时,该操作输入部分由在客户机终端1002的外壳或遥控器(未示出)的表面上提供的各种操作按键构成,客户机终端1002识别操作,并将对应于该操作的输入操作信号发送给输入处理单元1021。  Then, the hardware configuration of the functional circuit blocks of the client terminal 1002 will be described. As shown in FIG. 14, when the user operates the operation input section 1020, the operation input section is composed of various operation keys provided on the casing of the client terminal 1002 or on the surface of a remote controller (not shown), and the client terminal 1002 An operation is recognized, and an input operation signal corresponding to the operation is sent to the input processing unit 1021 . the

输入处理单元1021将来自操作输入部分1020的输入操作信号转换成特定操作命令,并通过总线1022将该命令发送给控制单元1023。  The input processing unit 1021 converts the input operation signal from the operation input section 1020 into a specific operation command, and sends the command to the control unit 1023 through the bus 1022 . the

基于通过总线1022相连的电路给出的命令和控制信号,控制单元1023控制操作。  The control unit 1023 controls operations based on commands and control signals given from circuits connected through the bus 1022 . the

显示控制单元1024对通过总线1022提供的视频数据执行数模转换,并将作为转换结果得到的模拟视频信号发送给显示单元1025。  The display control unit 1024 performs digital-to-analog conversion on video data supplied through the bus 1022 , and sends an analog video signal obtained as a result of the conversion to the display unit 1025 . the

显示单元1025是例如液晶显示屏的显示设备,在某些情形中可直接安装在外壳的表面上或者在其它情形中可在外部提供。  The display unit 1025 is a display device such as a liquid crystal display, and may be directly mounted on the surface of the casing in some cases or provided externally in other cases. the

当来自控制单元1023的处理结果,以及像模拟视频信号的各种视频数据提供给显示单元1025时,显示单元1025基于模拟视频信号显示视频。  When the processing results from the control unit 1023, and various video data like analog video signals are supplied to the display unit 1025, the display unit 1025 displays video based on the analog video signals. the

音频控制单元1026对通过总线1022提供的音频数据执行数模转换处理,并将作为结果获得的模拟音频信号发送给扬声器1027。扬声器1027基于从音频控制单元1026提供的模拟音频信号输出声音。  The audio control unit 1026 performs digital-to-analog conversion processing on audio data supplied via the bus 1022 , and sends the resulting analog audio signal to the speaker 1027 . The speaker 1027 outputs sound based on the analog audio signal supplied from the audio control unit 1026 . the

外部记录媒体记录和重现单元1028读取并重现记录在诸如存储棒(商标)等的外部记录媒体中的内容数据,并将作为记录目标的内容数据记录到外部记录媒体上。  The external recording medium recording and reproducing unit 1028 reads and reproduces content data recorded in an external recording medium such as a memory stick (trademark), and records content data as a recording target on the external recording medium. the

当外部记录媒体记录和重现单元1028从外部记录媒体中读取作为内容数据的音频数据时,该单元通过总线1022将所读取的视频数据提供给显示控制单元1024。  When the external recording medium recording and reproducing unit 1028 reads audio data as content data from the external recording medium, the unit supplies the read video data to the display control unit 1024 through the bus 1022 . the

然后,显示控制单元1024将通过外部记录媒体记录和重现单元1028从外部记录媒体中读取为内容数据的视频数据转换成模拟视频信号,并将信号提供给显示单元1025。  Then, the display control unit 1024 converts the video data read as content data from the external recording medium by the external recording medium recording and reproducing unit 1028 into an analog video signal, and supplies the signal to the display unit 1025 . the

当外部记录媒体记录和重现单元1028从外部记录媒体中读取作为内容数据的  音频数据时,控制单元1023通过总线1022将该内容数据发送给客户机终端1002中的存储媒体1029。  When the external recording medium recording and reproducing unit 1028 reads as content data from the external recording medium When receiving audio data, the control unit 1023 sends the content data to the storage medium 1029 in the client terminal 1002 through the bus 1022 . the

然后,音频控制单元1026将通过外部记录媒体记录和重现单元1028从外部记录媒体中读取为内容数据的音频数据转换成模拟音频信号,并将信号提供给扬声器1027。  Then, the audio control unit 1026 converts the audio data read as content data from the external recording medium by the external recording medium recording and reproducing unit 1028 into an analog audio signal, and supplies the signal to the speaker 1027 . the

此外,控制单元1023可通过总线将通过外部记录媒体记录和重现单元1028从外部记录媒体中读取的内容数据发送给存储媒体1029,并将该内容数据存储到存储媒体1029中(下文中将内容数据存储在存储媒体1029中也称为复制(ripping))。  In addition, the control unit 1023 can transmit the content data read from the external recording medium by the external recording medium recording and reproducing unit 1028 to the storage medium 1029 through the bus, and store the content data in the storage medium 1029 (hereinafter referred to as Storage of content data in the storage medium 1029 is also referred to as ripping). the

当诸如图像数据的视频数据或视频数据作为内容数据从存储媒体1029中读取时,控制单元1023通过总线1022向显示控制单元1024提供所读取的视频数据。  When video data such as image data or video data is read from the storage medium 1029 as content data, the control unit 1023 supplies the read video data to the display control unit 1024 via the bus 1022 . the

此外,当从存储媒体1029中读取作为内容数据的音频数据时,控制单元1023通过总线1022向音频控制单元1026提供所读取的音频数据。  Furthermore, when reading audio data as content data from the storage medium 1029 , the control unit 1023 supplies the read audio data to the audio control unit 1026 via the bus 1022 . the

此外,控制单元1023可从存储媒体1029中读取音乐数据,并将其传送给外部记录媒体记录和重现单元1028,从而使外部记录媒体记录和重现单元1028将该音乐数据记录在外部记录媒体上。  In addition, the control unit 1023 can read music data from the storage medium 1029 and transfer it to the external recording medium recording and reproducing unit 1028, so that the external recording medium recording and reproducing unit 1028 can record the music data on the external recording medium. on the media. the

广播信号接收单元1030接收从广播电台传送的无线电广播波,并将它们提供给调谐器单元1031。  The broadcast signal receiving unit 1030 receives radio broadcast waves transmitted from broadcast stations and supplies them to the tuner unit 1031 . the

在控制单元1023的控制下,调谐器单元1031在由广播信号接收单元所接收的无线电广播波中提取一广播频率的无线电广播信号,该广播频率对应于例如通过操作输入部分1020指定的无线电台。调谐器单元1031对所提取的信号执行预定处理,并将作为预定处理结果获得的音频数据发送给音频控制单元1026。  Under the control of the control unit 1023 , the tuner unit 1031 extracts a radio broadcast signal of a broadcast frequency corresponding to a radio station designated by the operation input section 1020 , for example, among the radio broadcast waves received by the broadcast signal receiving unit. The tuner unit 1031 performs predetermined processing on the extracted signal, and sends the audio data obtained as a result of the predetermined processing to the audio control unit 1026 . the

音频控制单元1026将从调谐器单元1031提供的音频数据转换成模拟音频信号,并将该信号发送给扬声器1027。因而,从扬声器1027输出从无线电台广播的无线电节目的声音,用户从而可收听该无线电节目的声音。  The audio control unit 1026 converts the audio data supplied from the tuner unit 1031 into an analog audio signal, and sends the signal to the speaker 1027 . Thus, the sound of a radio program broadcast from a radio station is output from the speaker 1027, so that the user can listen to the sound of the radio program. the

控制单元1023还可将调谐器单元1031获得的音频数据发送给存储媒体1029并存储该音频数据。因而,可记录无线电节目的声音。  The control unit 1023 can also transmit the audio data obtained by the tuner unit 1031 to the storage medium 1029 and store the audio data. Thus, the sound of a radio program can be recorded. the

此外,控制单元1023可通过通信控制单元1032和网络接口1033与网络NT1000相连,并可访问网络NT 1000上的入口服务器1003、以及其它服务器1004~1007。因而,入口服务器1003、以及其它服务器1004~1007的任一个可收发各种信息和数据。  In addition, the control unit 1023 can be connected to the network NT1000 through the communication control unit 1032 and the network interface 1033, and can access the portal server 1003 and other servers 1004-1007 on the network NT1000. Therefore, the portal server 1003 and any of the other servers 1004 to 1007 can send and receive various information and data. the

编码器/解码器单元1034解码通过网络接口1033和通信控制单元1032从网络NT 1000接收的压缩和编码后的内容数据,或者,压缩和编码后的内容数据从存储媒体1029和外部记录媒体中读取。然后该单元1034将解码后的内容数据发送给显示控制单元1024、音频控制单元1026等。  The encoder/decoder unit 1034 decodes the compressed and encoded content data received from the network NT 1000 through the network interface 1033 and the communication control unit 1032, or, the compressed and encoded content data is read from the storage medium 1029 and an external recording medium Pick. The unit 1034 then sends the decoded content data to the display control unit 1024, the audio control unit 1026, and the like. the

此外,编码器/解码器单元1034压缩并编码从外部记录媒体读取的未经压缩的内容数据或从调谐器单元1031提供的音频数据等,并将压缩和编码后的内容数据发送给存储媒体1029。  Also, the encoder/decoder unit 1034 compresses and encodes uncompressed content data read from an external recording medium or audio data supplied from the tuner unit 1031, etc., and transmits the compressed and encoded content data to the storage medium 1029. the

因而,在控制单元1023的控制下,由编码器/解码器单元1034压缩和编码后的内容数据被存储到存储媒体1029中。  Thus, the content data compressed and encoded by the encoder/decoder unit 1034 is stored in the storage medium 1029 under the control of the control unit 1023 . the

版权管理单元1035产生版权管理信息,该版权管理信息对应于依次通过网络接口1033和通信控制单元1032从网络NT 1000下载的内容数据、或者对应于通过外部记录媒体记录和重现单元1028从外部记录媒体中读取的内容数据。  The copyright management unit 1035 generates copyright management information corresponding to content data downloaded from the network NT 1000 through the network interface 1033 and the communication control unit 1032 in sequence, or corresponding to content data recorded externally through the external recording medium recording and reproducing unit 1028. The content data read from the media. the

在控制单元1023的控制下,在版权管理单元1035中产生的版权管理信息在记录媒体1029中登记,它与内容数据相链接。  Under the control of the control unit 1023, copyright management information generated in the copyright management unit 1035 is registered in the recording medium 1029, which is linked with content data. the

此外,当版权管理单元1035用来将与版权管理信息相链接的内容数据从存储媒体1029中经登记取到特定外部记录媒体中,并将与版权管理信息相链接的内容数据从特定外部记录媒体中经登记取入存储媒体1029时,版权管理单元1035对应于内容数据适当地更新版权管理信息的内容,以保护对应于该内容数据的版权。  In addition, when the copyright management unit 1035 is used to register the content data linked with the copyright management information from the storage medium 1029 to a specific external recording medium, and transfer the content data linked to the copyright management information from the specific external recording medium When registered in the storage medium 1029, the copyright management unit 1035 appropriately updates the content of the copyright management information corresponding to the content data to protect the copyright corresponding to the content data. the

页面信息产生单元1036翻译连续通过网络接口1033和通信控制单元1032从网络NT 1000接收诸如XML(可扩展标记语言)文件或HTML(超文本标记语言)文件的页面信息,产生要在显示单元1025上显示的视频数据,并将该视频数据发送给显示控制单元1024。  The page information generation unit 1036 translates and continues to receive the page information such as XML (Extensible Markup Language) file or HTML (Hyper Text Markup Language) file from the network NT 1000 through the network interface 1033 and the communication control unit 1032, and produces to be displayed on the display unit 1025 display video data, and send the video data to the display control unit 1024. the

验证处理单元1037执行验证处理,以在通过网络接口1033相连的网络NT1000上通过通信控制单元1032和网络接口1033将验证信息发送给入口服务器1003和其它服务器1004~1007的任一个。  Authentication processing unit 1037 performs authentication processing to transmit authentication information to any one of portal server 1003 and other servers 1004-1007 through communication control unit 1032 and network interface 1033 on network NT1000 connected through network interface 1033. the

验证信息存储单元1038存储验证处理单元1037访问入口服务器1003、其它服务器1004~1007等时所需的验证信息。  The authentication information storage unit 1038 stores authentication information required when the authentication processing unit 1037 accesses the entry server 1003, other servers 1004 to 1007, and the like. the

无线电广播显示控制单元1039连续通过通信控制单元1032和网络接口1033将请求信号发送给与传送所接收无线电广播的无线电台相对应的无线电广播信息分发服务器1006,该请求信号用来请求有关用户目前收听的无线电广播信息。  The radio broadcast display control unit 1039 continuously sends a request signal to the radio broadcast information distribution server 1006 corresponding to the radio station that transmits the received radio broadcast through the communication control unit 1032 and the network interface 1033, the request signal is used to request the user concerned to listen to the radio broadcast at present. radio broadcast information. the

结果,无线电广播显示控制单元1039连续通过网络接口1033和通信控制单  元1032接收从网络NT 1000上的无线电广播信息分发服务器1006传送的无线电广播信息,并将所接收的无线电广播信息发送给显示控制单元1024。因而,单元1039使显示单元1025能显示无线电广播信息,包括当前接收的无线电节目的名称、当前接收歌曲的标题和艺术家名字等。  As a result, the radio broadcast display control unit 1039 continues through the network interface 1033 and the communication control unit The unit 1032 receives radio broadcast information transmitted from the radio broadcast information distribution server 1006 on the network NT 1000, and sends the received radio broadcast information to the display control unit 1024. Thus, the unit 1039 enables the display unit 1025 to display radio broadcast information including the title of a currently received radio program, the title and artist name of a currently received song, and the like. the

(1-2-2)目录管理  (1-2-2) Directory management

客户机终端1002的控制单元1023使用图15所示的目录结构管理要存储在存储媒体1029中的内容数据。首先,任意数量的“文件夹”目录可在“根”目录下的层中创建,其中“文件夹”目录的数量在有限范围内。例如,“文件夹”目录被创建为分别对应于内容所属类别、所拥有用户等。  The control unit 1023 of the client terminal 1002 manages content data to be stored in the storage medium 1029 using the directory structure shown in FIG. 15 . First, any number of "folder" directories can be created in a layer under the "root" directory, where the number of "folder" directories is within a limited range. For example, the "folder" directory is created to correspond to the category to which the content belongs, the owning user, and the like, respectively. the

在“文件夹”目录下面的层中可创建任意数量的“专辑”目录,其中“专辑”目录的数量在有限范围内。例如,每个“专辑”目录对应于一个专辑标题。在“文件夹”目录下面的层中,存储属于任一“专辑”目录的一个或多个“音轨”文件。每个“音轨”文件构成一首歌曲,即内容。  Any number of "album" directories can be created in a layer below the "folder" directory, wherein the number of "album" directories is within a limited range. For example, each "album" directory corresponds to an album title. In the layer below the "folder" directory, one or more "track" files belonging to any "album" directory are stored. Each "track" file constitutes a song, or content. the

该类涉及内容数据的目录管理由存储在存储媒体1029中的数据库文件实现。  This type of directory management related to content data is realized by database files stored in the storage medium 1029 . the

(1-3)入口服务器1003的功能电路块配置  (1-3) Functional circuit block configuration of the entrance server 1003

然后,将参照图17描述入口服务器1003的功能电路块的硬件配置。入口服务器1003中的控制单元1050控制通过总线1051相连的各个电路的操作。  Then, the hardware configuration of the functional circuit blocks of the portal server 1003 will be described with reference to FIG. 17 . The control unit 1050 in the portal server 1003 controls the operations of the respective circuits connected through the bus 1051 . the

在控制单元1050的控制下,通信控制单元1052通过网络接口1053与客户机终端1002、或其它服务器1004~1008的任一个等收发各种信息。  Under the control of the control unit 1050 , the communication control unit 1052 transmits and receives various information with the client terminal 1002 or any one of the other servers 1004 to 1008 through the network interface 1053 . the

已完成与音乐相关服务提供系统1000的管理代理的签约的用户的ID(标识)信息和用户相关联密码信息互相链接,并在客户数据库单元1054中登记为客户信息。  ID (identification) information and user-associated password information of users who have completed the contract with the management agency of the music-related service providing system 1000 are linked to each other and registered in the customer database unit 1054 as customer information. the

页面信息存储单元1055存储由音乐相关服务提供系统1000的管理代理管理的页面信息等。  The page information storage unit 1055 stores page information and the like managed by the management agent of the music-related service providing system 1000 . the

页面信息以XML语言等编写,并包括访问音乐数据分发服务器1004、销售服务器1005、无线电广播信息分发服务器1006、因特网无线服务器1007等的URL(统一资源定位器)信息。  The page information is written in XML language or the like, and includes URL (Uniform Resource Locator) information for accessing the music data distribution server 1004, sales server 1005, radio information distribution server 1006, Internet wireless server 1007, and the like. the

当从客户机终端1002发送的用户ID信息和密码信息连续通过网络接口1053和通信控制单元1052接收时,验证处理单元1056检查所接收的用户ID信息和密码信息是否已在客户数据库1054中登记为客户信息,作为用户验证处理。  When the user ID information and password information transmitted from the client terminal 1002 are successively received through the network interface 1053 and the communication control unit 1052, the authentication processing unit 1056 checks whether the received user ID information and password information have been registered in the customer database 1054 as Customer information, which is handled as user authentication. the

在完成用户验证处理之后,验证处理单元1056发出表示用户验证处理结果的  入口验证结果信息(例如,在后面描述的验证对话ID信息),并临时在验证信息存储单元1057中存储所发出的入口验证结果信息。  After the user authentication processing is completed, the authentication processing unit 1056 issues a message indicating the result of the user authentication processing Entry verification result information (for example, verification session ID information described later), and temporarily store the sent entry verification result information in the verification information storage unit 1057 . the

此时,如果作为通过验证处理单元1056的用户验证过程的结果,用户经验证是有效用户,则控制单元1050连续通过通信控制单元1052和网络接口1053将存储在页面信息存储单元1055中的签约人的页面信息、以及入口验证结果信息发送到客户机终端1002。  At this time, if the user is authenticated as a valid user as a result of the user authentication process through the authentication processing unit 1056, the control unit 1050 continuously transfers the signee stored in the page information storage unit 1055 through the communication control unit 1052 and the network interface 1053. The page information and the entry verification result information are sent to the client terminal 1002. the

控制单元1050可被安排为:如果作为通过验证处理单元1056的用户验证过程的结果,用户经验证并非有效用户,则控制单元1050连续通过通信控制单元1052和网络接口1053,向客户机终端1002发送验证错误信息以及表示失败验证的失败验证通知页面信息。  The control unit 1050 may be arranged such that if, as a result of the user authentication process by the authentication processing unit 1056, the user is verified not to be a valid user, the control unit 1050 continuously transmits to the client terminal 1002 via the communication control unit 1052 and the network interface 1053 Authentication error information and failed authentication notification page information indicating failed authentication. the

当作为从音乐数据分发服务器1004、销售服务器1005、无线电广播信息分发服务器1006等对用户执行验证过程的结果,验证处理单元1056连续通过网络接口1053和通信控制单元1052接收从用户的客户机终端1002中获取并发送的入口验证结果信息(例如后面描述的验证票据)时,验证处理单元1056将所接收的入口验证结果信息和临时存储在验证信息存储单元1057的对应于用户的入口验证结果信息作比较。  When as a result of performing the authentication process on the user from the music data distribution server 1004, the sales server 1005, the radio broadcast information distribution server 1006, etc., the authentication processing unit 1056 continuously receives data from the client terminal 1002 of the user through the network interface 1053 and the communication control unit 1052. When obtaining and sending the entrance verification result information (for example, the verification ticket described later), the verification processing unit 1056 uses the received entrance verification result information and the entrance verification result information corresponding to the user temporarily stored in the verification information storage unit 1057 as Compare. the

用这种方式,验证处理单元1056执行一确认过程来检查入口验证结果信息是否正确,作为对从音乐数据分发服务器1004、销售服务器1005、无线电广播信息分发服务器1006等接收的验证结果信息的验证处理。然后验证处理单元1056连续通过通信控制单元1052和网络接口1053将表示确认结果的确认结果信息返回给音乐数据分发服务器1004、销售服务器1005、无线电广播信息分发服务器1006等。  In this way, the verification processing unit 1056 performs a confirmation process to check whether the entry verification result information is correct, as a verification process for verification result information received from the music data distribution server 1004, sales server 1005, radio broadcast information distribution server 1006, etc. . The authentication processing unit 1056 then returns confirmation result information indicating the confirmation result to the music data distribution server 1004, the sales server 1005, the radio information distribution server 1006, etc. successively through the communication control unit 1052 and the network interface 1053. the

频率信息存储单元1058存储以下彼此相链接的信息:区域代码,诸如能够指定区域的邮政编码;频率信息,表示在由区域代码表示区域中可接收无线电广播的广播频率;广播无线电广播节目的无线电台的名称(下文中称为无线电台名称);以及呼号,对每个无线电台唯一的标识信息。  The frequency information storage unit 1058 stores the following information linked to each other: an area code, such as a postal code capable of specifying an area; frequency information, indicating a broadcasting frequency at which radio broadcasts can be received in the area indicated by the area code; a radio station that broadcasts a radio broadcast program The name of the radio station (hereinafter referred to as the radio station name); and the call sign, unique identification information for each radio station. the

URL存储单元1059存储以下彼此相链接的信息:对用于无线电广播的无线电台唯一的呼号;以及能够获取无线电广播信息的(下文中具体称为现在播送信息)URL信息,其中无线电广播信息从对应于呼号的广播电台提供,涉及当前广播的无线电节目,包括该无线电节目的名称、当前时间点广播的歌曲的标题等。  The URL storage unit 1059 stores the following information linked to each other: a call sign unique to a radio station used for radio broadcasting; and URL information (hereinafter specifically referred to as now-broadcasting information) capable of acquiring radio broadcasting information from a corresponding Provided by the radio station with the call sign, it refers to the radio program currently broadcast, including the title of the radio program, the title of the song broadcast at the current time, etc. the

(1-4)音乐数据分发服务器1004的功能电路块配置  (1-4) Functional circuit block configuration of music data distribution server 1004

然后,参看图17,将描述音乐数据分发服务器1004的功能电路块的硬件配置。  音乐数据分发服务器1004中的控制单元1070控制通过总线1071相连的电路的操作。  Then, referring to FIG. 17, the hardware configuration of the functional circuit blocks of the music data distribution server 1004 will be described. the The control unit 1070 in the music data distribution server 1004 controls the operations of circuits connected via the bus 1071 . the

在控制单元1070的控制下,通信控制单元1072通过网络接口1073与客户机终端1002、入口服务器1003等传送/接收各种信息和诸如内容数据等的各种数据。  Under the control of the control unit 1070, the communication control unit 1072 transmits/receives various information and various data such as content data with the client terminal 1002, the portal server 1003, and the like through the network interface 1073. the

已完成与音乐数据分发服务器1004的管理代理的签约的用户的用户ID信息和密码信息在客户数据库单元1074中被登记为客户信息。然而,如果验证处理单元1075具有基于从入口服务器1003发出并从客户机终端1002传送的入口验证结果信息来执行用于验证用户的验证处理,则不需要通过客户数据库单元1074。  User ID information and password information of users who have completed a contract with the management agent of the music data distribution server 1004 are registered in the customer database unit 1074 as customer information. However, if the authentication processing unit 1075 has the ability to perform authentication processing for authenticating a user based on the entry authentication result information issued from the entry server 1003 and transmitted from the client terminal 1002, it is not necessary to pass through the customer database unit 1074. the

页面信息存储单元1076存储用于音乐数据分发的页面信息,它引入由音乐数据分发服务器1004管理的可下载音乐数据。  The page information storage unit 1076 stores page information for music data distribution, which introduces downloadable music data managed by the music data distribution server 1004 . the

用于音乐数据分发的页面信息用XML语言等编写,并允许使用客户机终端1002的用户选择该用户需要的音乐数据。  Page information for music data distribution is written in XML language or the like, and allows a user using the client terminal 1002 to select music data desired by the user. the

当控制单元1070通过网络接口1073和通信控制单元1072接收从客户机终端1002传送的用于请求音乐数据分发的页面信息的页面信息获取请求信号时,则响应于所接收的页面信息获取请求信号,控制单元1070连续通过通信控制单元1072和网络接口1073将存储在页面信息存储单元1076中的用于音乐数据分发的页面信息传送给客户机终端1002。  When the control unit 1070 receives a page information acquisition request signal transmitted from the client terminal 1002 via the network interface 1073 and the communication control unit 1072 for requesting page information of music data distribution, then in response to the received page information acquisition request signal, The control unit 1070 continuously transmits the page information for music data distribution stored in the page information storage unit 1076 to the client terminal 1002 through the communication control unit 1072 and the network interface 1073 . the

当验证处理单元1075连续通过网络接口1073和通信控制单元1072接收从客户机终端1002传送的使用客户机终端1002的用户的用户ID信息和密码信息时,验证处理单元1075确认所接收的用户ID信息和密码信息是否在客户数据库单元1074中被登记为客户信息,作为用户验证处理。  When the authentication processing unit 1075 continuously receives the user ID information and password information of the user using the client terminal 1002 transmitted from the client terminal 1002 through the network interface 1073 and the communication control unit 1072, the authentication processing unit 1075 confirms the received user ID information and password information are registered as customer information in the customer database unit 1074 as user authentication processing. the

在不同于使用用户ID信息和密码信息的用户验证处理的另一种用户验证方法中,验证处理单元1075连续通过网络接口1073和通信控制单元1072接收由入口服务器1003发出并从客户机终端1002发送的入口验证结果信息(例如,后面描述的验证票据)。然后单元1075连续通过通信控制单元1072和网络接口1073将接收到的入口验证结果信息传送给入口服务器1003。  In another user authentication method other than user authentication processing using user ID information and password information, the authentication processing unit 1075 continuously receives data sent from the portal server 1003 and transmitted from the client terminal 1002 through the network interface 1073 and the communication control unit 1072. The entry verification result information (for example, the verification ticket described later). Then the unit 1075 continuously transmits the received entry verification result information to the entry server 1003 through the communication control unit 1072 and the network interface 1073 . the

响应于入口确认结果信息向入口服务器1003的传送,验证处理单元1075连续通过网络接口1073和通信控制单元1072接收从入口服务器1003返回的确认结果信息,作为对入口验证结果信息执行验证处理(即上述的确认处理)的结果。基于所接收的确认结果信息,验证处理单元1075确认该用户是否是已完成与音乐相关服务提供系统1000的管理代理的签约的有效用户。  In response to the transmission of the entry confirmation result information to the entry server 1003, the verification processing unit 1075 continuously receives the confirmation result information returned from the entry server 1003 through the network interface 1073 and the communication control unit 1072 as the verification processing (i.e., the above-mentioned The result of confirmation processing). Based on the received confirmation result information, the authentication processing unit 1075 confirms whether the user is a valid user who has completed the contract with the management agent of the music-related service providing system 1000 . the

在完成用户验证处理后,验证处理单元1075发出服务器验证结果信息(例如,后面描述的服务对话ID信息),表示用户验证处理的结果。  After the user authentication processing is completed, the authentication processing unit 1075 sends out server authentication result information (for example, service session ID information described later) indicating the result of the user authentication processing. the

此时,如果作为通过验证处理单元1075的用户验证处理的结果,用户经验证是有效用户,则控制单元1070连续通过通信控制单元1072和网络接口1073将用于音乐数据分发的页面信息、以及服务器验证结果信息发送到客户机终端1002,该页面信息为签约者存储在页面信息存储单元1076中。  At this time, if the user is authenticated as a valid user as a result of user authentication processing by the authentication processing unit 1075, the control unit 1070 transmits page information for music data distribution, and server Verification result information is sent to the client terminal 1002, and the page information is stored in the page information storage unit 1076 for the signatory. the

否则,如果作为通过验证处理单元1075的用户验证处理的结果,用户经验证并非有效用户,则控制单元1070连续通过通信控制单元1072和网络接口1073,向客户机终端1002发送验证错误信息以及表示失败验证的失败验证通知页面信息,该失败验证通知页面信息存储在页面信息存储单元1076中。  Otherwise, if the user is authenticated as not a valid user as a result of the user authentication process by the authentication processing unit 1075, the control unit 1070 transmits authentication error information and failure indication information to the client terminal 1002 through the communication control unit 1072 and the network interface 1073 continuously. The failed verification notification page information of the verification is stored in the page information storage unit 1076 . the

同时,验证信息存储单元1077临时存储验证处理单元1075发出的服务器验证结果信息,还存储验证处理单元1075执行对使用客户机终端1002的用户的验证处理所需的各类验证信息。  Meanwhile, the authentication information storage unit 1077 temporarily stores server authentication result information issued by the authentication processing unit 1075 , and also stores various types of authentication information necessary for the authentication processing unit 1075 to perform authentication processing on a user using the client terminal 1002 . the

音乐数据存储单元1078存储以上述ATRAC3格式、MP3格式等压缩编码的多个音乐数据项,其中音乐数据项分别与诸如内容ID信息项的搜索关键字相关联。  The music data storage unit 1078 stores a plurality of music data items compression-encoded in the above-mentioned ATRAC3 format, MP3 format, etc., in which the music data items are respectively associated with search keywords such as content ID information items. the

当下载请求信号连续通过网络接口1073和通信控制单元1072接收时,其中下载请求信号包含用于搜索用户想要下载的音乐数据的搜索关键字,并作为向客户机终端1002传送用于音乐数据分发的页面信息的结果从客户机终端1002传送,且该信号还请求要下载音乐数据的下载,搜索单元1079从下载请求信号中挑选检索关键字。  When a download request signal containing a search keyword for searching music data that the user wants to download is continuously received through the network interface 1073 and the communication control unit 1072, and is transmitted to the client terminal 1002 as a music data distribution The result of the page information is transmitted from the client terminal 1002, and the signal also requests the download of the music data to be downloaded, and the search unit 1079 picks a retrieval keyword from the download request signal. the

然后,基于搜索关键字,搜索单元1079在音乐数据存储单元1078中的多个音乐数据项中搜索用户想要下载的音乐数据,并满足搜索关键字表示的检索条件。  Then, based on the search key, the search unit 1079 searches for music data that the user wants to download among a plurality of music data items in the music data storage unit 1078, and satisfies the retrieval condition indicated by the search key. the

因而,控制单元1070将检索到的想要下载的音乐数据连续通过通信控制单元1072和网络接口1073传送给客户机终端1002。  Thus, the control unit 1070 continuously transmits the retrieved music data to be downloaded to the client terminal 1002 through the communication control unit 1072 and the network interface 1073 . the

此时,控制单元1070还连续通过通信控制单元1072和网络接口1073将收费信息传送给核算服务器1008,该收费信息用来对将音乐数据下载到客户机终端1002进行收费,从而使核算服务器1008能执行对应于音乐数据的下载对用户收费的收费处理。  At this time, the control unit 1070 also continuously transmits charging information to the accounting server 1008 through the communication control unit 1072 and the network interface 1073. The charging information is used to charge for downloading music data to the client terminal 1002, so that the accounting server 1008 can Charging processing of charging the user corresponding to the download of the music data is performed. the

(1-5)销售服务器1005的功能电路块配置  (1-5) Functional circuit block configuration of sales server 1005

接着,将参照图18描述基于销售服务器1005的功能电路块的硬件配置。控制单元1090控制通过总线1091相连的各个电路的操作。  Next, a hardware configuration based on functional circuit blocks of the sales server 1005 will be described with reference to FIG. 18 . The control unit 1090 controls the operations of various circuits connected through the bus 1091 . the

在控制单元1090的控制下,通信控制单元1092通过网络接口1093与客户机终端1002、入口服务器1003等收发各种信息。  Under the control of the control unit 1090, the communication control unit 1092 transmits and receives various information with the client terminal 1002, the portal server 1003, and the like through the network interface 1093. the

已完成与销售服务器1005的管理代理的签约的用户的用户ID信息和密码信息彼此链接,并在客户数据库单元1094中登记为客户信息。然而,如果验证处理单元1095具有基于由入口服务器1003发出的并从客户机终端1002传送的入口验证结果信息来执行用于验证用户的验证处理的功能,则不需要提供客户数据库单元1094。  User ID information and password information of users who have completed a contract with a management agent of the sales server 1005 are linked to each other and registered in the customer database unit 1094 as customer information. However, if the authentication processing unit 1095 has a function of performing authentication processing for authenticating a user based on the entry authentication result information issued by the entry server 1003 and transmitted from the client terminal 1002, the customer database unit 1094 need not be provided. the

页面信息存储单元1096存储由销售服务器1005管理的盒装媒体销售的页面信息,并引入要售卖的诸如CD和DVD的盒装媒体。  The page information storage unit 1096 stores page information of boxed media sales managed by the sales server 1005, and introduces boxed media such as CDs and DVDs to be sold. the

注意,盒装媒体销售的页面信息用XML语言等编写,并使客户机终端1002的用户能选择用户想要购买的诸如CD和DVD的盒装媒体。  Note that the page information for boxed media sales is written in XML language or the like, and enables the user of the client terminal 1002 to select boxed media such as CDs and DVDs that the user wants to purchase. the

当控制单元1090通过网络接口1093和通信控制单元1092接收从客户机终端1002传送的用于请求盒装媒体销售页面信息的页面信息获取请求信号时,控制单元1090响应于所接收的页面信息获取请求信号,连续通过通信控制单元1092和网络接口1093将存储在页面信息存储单元1096中的盒装媒体销售页面信息传送给客户机终端1002。  When the control unit 1090 receives a page information acquisition request signal transmitted from the client terminal 1002 through the network interface 1093 and the communication control unit 1092 for requesting boxed media sales page information, the control unit 1090 responds to the received page information acquisition request signal, continuously transmits the boxed media sales page information stored in the page information storage unit 1096 to the client terminal 1002 through the communication control unit 1092 and the network interface 1093. the

当验证处理单元1095连续通过网络接口1093和通信控制单元1092接收从客户机终端1002发送的使用客户机终端1002用户的用户ID信息和密码信息时,验证处理单元1095确认所接收的用户ID信息和密码信息是否在客户数据库单元1094中登记为客户信息,作为用户验证处理。  When the authentication processing unit 1095 continuously receives user ID information and password information of the user using the client terminal 1002 transmitted from the client terminal 1002 through the network interface 1093 and the communication control unit 1092, the authentication processing unit 1095 confirms the received user ID information and password information. Whether password information is registered as customer information in the customer database unit 1094 is processed as user authentication. the

在不同于使用用户ID信息和密码信息的用户验证处理的另一种用户验证方法中,验证处理单元1095连续通过网络接口1093和通信控制单元1092接收由入口服务器1003发出并从客户机终端1002发送的入口验证结果信息(例如,后面描述的验证票据)。然后单元1095连续通过通信控制单元1092和网络接口1093将接收到的入口验证结果信息传送给入口服务器1003。  In another user authentication method other than the user authentication process using user ID information and password information, the authentication processing unit 1095 continuously receives data sent from the portal server 1003 and transmitted from the client terminal 1002 through the network interface 1093 and the communication control unit 1092. The entry verification result information (for example, the verification ticket described later). Then the unit 1095 continuously transmits the received entry verification result information to the entry server 1003 through the communication control unit 1092 and the network interface 1093 . the

响应于入口确认结果信息向入口服务器1003的传送,验证处理单元1095连续通过网络接口1093和通信控制单元1092接收从入口服务器1003返回的确认结果信息,作为对入口验证结果信息执行验证处理(即上述的确认处理)的结果。基于所接收的确认结果信息,验证处理单元1095确认该用户是否是已完成与音乐相关服务提供系统1000的管理代理的签约的有效用户。  In response to the transmission of the entry confirmation result information to the entry server 1003, the verification processing unit 1095 continuously receives the confirmation result information returned from the entry server 1003 through the network interface 1093 and the communication control unit 1092 as the verification processing (i.e., the above-mentioned The result of confirmation processing). Based on the received confirmation result information, the verification processing unit 1095 confirms whether the user is a valid user who has completed the contract with the management agent of the music-related service providing system 1000 . the

在完成用户验证处理后,验证处理单元1095发出服务器验证结果信息(例如,  后面描述的服务对话ID信息),表示用户验证处理的结果。  After completing the user verification process, the verification processing unit 1095 sends server verification result information (for example, service session ID information described later), indicates the result of user authentication processing. the

此时,如果作为通过验证处理单元1095的用户验证处理的结果,用户经验证是有效用户,则控制单元1090连续通过通信控制单元1092和网络接口1093将用于盒装媒体销售的页面信息、以及服务器验证结果信息发送到客户机终端1002,该页面信息为签约者存储在页面信息存储单元1096中。  At this time, if the user is authenticated as a valid user as a result of the user authentication processing by the authentication processing unit 1095, the control unit 1090 continuously transmits the page information for boxed media sales, and The server verification result information is sent to the client terminal 1002, and the page information is stored in the page information storage unit 1096 for the signatory. the

否则,如果作为通过验证处理单元1095的用户验证处理的结果,用户经验证并非有效用户,则控制单元1090连续通过通信控制单元1092和网络接口1093,向客户机终端1002发送验证错误信息以及表示失败验证的失败验证通知页面信息,该失败验证通知页面信息存储在页面信息存储单元1096中。  Otherwise, if the user is not a valid user after verification as a result of the user verification process by the verification processing unit 1095, the control unit 1090 sends a verification error message and an indication failure message to the client terminal 1002 continuously through the communication control unit 1092 and the network interface 1093. The failed verification notification page information of the verification is stored in the page information storage unit 1096 . the

同时,验证信息存储单元1097临时存储验证处理单元1095发出的服务器验证结果信息,还存储验证处理单元1095执行对使用客户机终端1002的用户的验证处理所需的各类验证信息。  Meanwhile, the authentication information storage unit 1097 temporarily stores server authentication result information issued by the authentication processing unit 1095 , and also stores various types of authentication information required for the authentication processing unit 1095 to perform authentication processing for a user using the client terminal 1002 . the

盒装媒体信息存储单元1098存储与要销售的诸如CD和DVD的多种盒装媒体相关的信息(下文中称为盒装媒体信息),它与诸如盒装媒体ID信息等的搜索关键字相关联。  The boxed medium information storage unit 1098 stores information related to various boxed media such as CDs and DVDs to be sold (hereinafter referred to as boxed media information), which is related to search keywords such as boxed media ID information, etc. couplet. the

当媒体信息请求信号连续通过网络接口1093和通信控制单元1092接收时,其中媒体信息请求信号请求有关诸如CD、DVD等的特定盒装媒体的盒装媒体信息,该信息作为向客户机终端1002传送用于盒装媒体销售的页面信息的结果而从客户机终端1002传送,搜索单元1099从所接收的媒体信息请求信号中挑选用于搜索特定盒装媒体的搜索关键字。  When media information request signals requesting boxed media information on specific boxed media such as CDs, DVDs, etc. are continuously received through the network interface 1093 and the communication control unit 1092, the information is transmitted to the client terminal 1002 as As a result of page information for boxed media sales is transmitted from the client terminal 1002, the search unit 1099 selects a search keyword for searching a specific boxed media from the received media information request signal. the

然后,基于搜索关键字,搜索单元1099在盒装媒体信息存储单元1098中的多个盒装媒体信息项之间搜索满足搜索关键字表示的检索条件的特定盒装媒体的盒装媒体信息。  Then, based on the search key, the search unit 1099 searches boxed media information of a specific boxed medium satisfying the retrieval condition indicated by the search key among a plurality of boxed media information items in the boxed media information storage unit 1098 . the

因而,控制单元1090将搜索到的盒装媒体信息连续通过通信控制单元1092和网络接口1093传送给客户机终端1002。这样,有关特定盒装媒体的盒装媒体信息得以向用户重现。  Thus, the control unit 1090 continuously transmits the searched boxed media information to the client terminal 1002 through the communication control unit 1092 and the network interface 1093 . In this way, boxed media information about a particular boxed media is reproduced to the user. the

结果,当控制单元1090连续通过网络接口1093和通信控制单元1092从客户机终端1002接收购买请求信号,以请求购买上述特定盒装媒体时,控制单元1090执行购买过程,诸如将特定盒装媒体运送给使用客户机终端1002的用户的货运过程。  As a result, when the control unit 1090 continuously receives a purchase request signal from the client terminal 1002 through the network interface 1093 and the communication control unit 1092 to request the purchase of the above-mentioned specific boxed media, the control unit 1090 executes a purchase process such as shipping the specific boxed media Shipping process to the user using the client terminal 1002. the

控制单元1090还连续通过通信控制单元1092和网络接口1093将收费信息传  送给核算服务器1008,该收费信息用来对购买特定盒装媒体的用户收费,从而使核算服务器1008能对应于购买特定盒装媒体向用户收费来执行收费处理。  The control unit 1090 also continuously transmits the charging information through the communication control unit 1092 and the network interface 1093 The charging information is sent to the accounting server 1008, and the charging information is used to charge the user who purchased the specific boxed media, so that the accounting server 1008 can charge the user corresponding to the purchase of the specific boxed media to perform charging processing. the

此外,在通过核算服务器1008完成对用户的收费处理之后,控制单元1090连续通过通信控制单元1092和网络接口1093将表示盒装媒体的购买处理完成的购买完成页面信息传送给客户机终端1002。  In addition, after the accounting server 1008 completes the billing process for the user, the control unit 1090 continuously transmits the purchase completion page information indicating that the purchase process of the boxed media is completed to the client terminal 1002 through the communication control unit 1092 and the network interface 1093. the

(1-6)无线电广播信息分发服务器1006的功能电路块配置  (1-6) Functional circuit block configuration of the radio broadcast information distribution server 1006

接着,参看图20,将描述基于无线电广播信息分发服务器1006的功能电路块的硬件配置。无线电广播信息分发服务器1006中的控制单元1110控制通过总线1111相连的各个电路的操作。  Next, referring to FIG. 20, the hardware configuration of the functional circuit blocks based on the radio broadcast information distribution server 1006 will be described. The control unit 1110 in the radio broadcast information distribution server 1006 controls the operations of the respective circuits connected through the bus 1111 . the

在控制单元1110的控制下,通信控制单元1112通过网络接口1113与客户机终端1002、入口服务器1003等收发各种信息和数据。  Under the control of the control unit 1110, the communication control unit 1112 transmits and receives various information and data with the client terminal 1002, the portal server 1003, etc. through the network interface 1113. the

已完成与无线电广播信息分发服务器1006的管理代理的签约的用户的用户ID信息和密码信息彼此链接,并在客户数据库单元1114中登记为客户信息。然而,如果验证处理单元1115具有基于由入口服务器1003发出的并从客户机终端1002发送的入口验证结果信息来执行用于验证用户的验证处理功能,则不需要提供客户数据库单元1114。  User ID information and password information of users who have completed a contract with the management agent of the radio broadcast information distribution server 1006 are linked to each other and registered in the customer database unit 1114 as customer information. However, if the authentication processing unit 1115 has a function of performing authentication processing for authenticating a user based on the entry authentication result information issued by the entry server 1003 and transmitted from the client terminal 1002, the customer database unit 1114 need not be provided. the

页面信息存储单元1116存储播送列表信息分发的页面信息,用于获得无线电广播信息(下文中特指为播送列表信息),该信息由无线电广播信息分发服务器1006管理,并涉及已由对应于无线电广播信息分发服务器1006的无线电台广播的无线电节目。  The page information storage unit 1116 stores the page information distributed by broadcast list information for obtaining radio broadcast information (hereinafter specifically referred to as broadcast list information), which is managed by the radio broadcast information distribution server 1006 and involves A radio program broadcast by a radio station of the information distribution server 1006 . the

注意,播送列表信息分发的页面信息用XML语言等编写并包括输入框等,使客户机终端1002的用户能输入无线电节目的日期/时间、节目名称等,作为用户想要获得的播送列表信息的搜索关键字。  Note that the page information of broadcast list information distribution is written in XML language or the like and includes an input box, etc., so that the user of the client terminal 1002 can input the date/time of the radio program, program name, etc., as the broadcast list information that the user wants to obtain. search for the keyword. the

播送列表信息存储单元1117存储通过列出以下信息产生的播送列表信息:已从对应于无线电广播信息分发服务器1006的无线电台广播的无线电节目的名称;节目广播开始时间及其结束时间;以及在无线电节目中广播的歌曲的标题和艺术家名字、歌曲广播开始时间等。  The broadcast list information storage unit 1117 stores broadcast list information generated by listing: the title of the radio program that has been broadcast from the radio station corresponding to the radio broadcast information distribution server 1006; the program broadcast start time and its end time; The title and artist name of the song broadcast in the program, the song broadcast start time, etc. the

当控制单元1110通过网络接口1113和通信控制单元1112接收来自客户机终端1002的用于请求播送列表信息分发的页面信息的页面信息获取请求信号时,控制单元1110响应于所接收的页面信息获取请求信号,连续通过通信控制单元1112和网络接口1113将存储在信息存储单元1116中的播送列表信息分发的页面信息传  送给客户机终端1002。  When the control unit 1110 receives a page information acquisition request signal from the client terminal 1002 through the network interface 1113 and the communication control unit 1112 for requesting page information for broadcast list information distribution, the control unit 1110 responds to the received page information acquisition request signal, the page information distributed by the broadcast list information stored in the information storage unit 1116 is transmitted continuously through the communication control unit 1112 and the network interface 1113 Send it to the client terminal 1002. the

结果,包含搜索关键字并请求下载播送列表信息的播送列表信息请求信号从客户机终端1002传送,该搜索关键字用于搜索用户想要获取的所需播送列表信息,其中搜索关键字在播送列表信息分发的页面信息上输入。搜索单元1118连续通过网络接口1113和通信控制单元1112接收播送列表信息请求信号,然后从所接收的播送列表信息请求信号中挑选搜索关键字。  As a result, a broadcast list information request signal containing a search keyword for searching desired broadcast list information that the user wants to acquire and requesting download of broadcast list information is transmitted from the client terminal 1002, wherein the search keyword is included in the broadcast list information. Enter information on the information distribution page. The search unit 1118 continuously receives broadcast list information request signals through the network interface 1113 and the communication control unit 1112, and then selects search keywords from the received broadcast list information request signals. the

然后,基于该搜索关键字,搜索单元1118在播送列表信息存储单元1117中的全部播送列表信息中搜索与由检索关键字表示的检索条件一致的预定范围部分,作为用户想要获取的播送列表信息。  Then, based on the search key, the search unit 1118 searches all the broadcast list information in the broadcast list information storage unit 1117 for a predetermined range part consistent with the retrieval condition indicated by the search key, as the broadcast list information that the user wants to acquire. . the

因而,控制单元1110连续通过通信控制单元1112和网络接口1113向客户机终端1002传送搜索到的想要获取的播送列表信息。  Thus, the control unit 1110 continuously transmits the searched broadcast list information to be acquired to the client terminal 1002 through the communication control unit 1112 and the network interface 1113 . the

现在播送信息存储单元1119存储现在播送信息,包括:目前从对应于无线电广播信息分发服务器1006的无线电台广播的无线电节目的节目名称、节目广播开始时间及其结束时间;以及该无线电节目中正在广播的歌曲的标题、艺术家名字、歌曲广播开始时间等。  Now broadcasting information storage unit 1119 stores now broadcasting information, including: the program name of the radio program broadcast from the radio station corresponding to radio broadcast information distribution server 1006 at present, program broadcast start time and end time thereof; and broadcasting in this radio program The title of the song, artist name, song broadcast start time, etc. the

当验证处理单元1115连续通过网络接口1113和通信控制单元1112接收使用客户机终端1002用户的用户ID信息和密码信息时,这些信息连同请求获得现在播送信息的现在播送信息请求信号一起从客户机终端1002传送,验证处理单元1115确认所接收的用户ID信息和密码信息是否在客户数据库单元1114中登记为客户信息,作为用户验证处理。  When the authentication processing unit 1115 continuously receives user ID information and password information of the user using the client terminal 1002 through the network interface 1113 and the communication control unit 1112, these information are sent from the client terminal together with the now broadcast information request signal requesting to obtain the now broadcast information. 1002 transmission, the verification processing unit 1115 confirms whether the received user ID information and password information are registered as customer information in the customer database unit 1114 as user verification processing. the

在不同于使用用户ID信息和密码信息的用户验证处理的另一种用户验证方法中,验证处理单元1115连续通过网络接口1113和通信控制单元1112接收由入口服务器1003发出并从客户机终端1002发送的入口验证结果信息(例如,后面描述的验证票据)。然后单元1115连续通过通信控制单元1112和网络接口1113将接收到的入口验证结果信息传送给入口服务器1003。  In another user authentication method other than user authentication processing using user ID information and password information, the authentication processing unit 1115 continuously receives data sent from the portal server 1003 and transmitted from the client terminal 1002 through the network interface 1113 and the communication control unit 1112. The entry verification result information (for example, the verification ticket described later). Then the unit 1115 continuously transmits the received entry verification result information to the entry server 1003 through the communication control unit 1112 and the network interface 1113 . the

响应于入口确认结果信息向入口服务器1003的传送,验证处理单元1115连续通过网络接口1113和通信控制单元1112接收从入口服务器1003返回的确认结果信息,作为对入口验证结果信息执行验证处理(即上述的确认处理)的结果。基于所接收的确认结果信息,验证处理单元1115确认该用户是否是已完成与音乐相关服务提供系统1000的管理代理的签约的有效用户。  In response to the transmission of the entry confirmation result information to the entry server 1003, the verification processing unit 1115 continuously receives the confirmation result information returned from the entry server 1003 through the network interface 1113 and the communication control unit 1112, as performing verification processing on the entry verification result information (that is, the above-mentioned The result of confirmation processing). Based on the received confirmation result information, the verification processing unit 1115 confirms whether the user is a valid user who has completed the contract with the management agent of the music-related service providing system 1000 . the

在完成用户验证处理后,验证处理单元1115发出服务器验证结果信息(例如,  后面描述的服务对话ID信息),表示用户验证处理的结果。  After completing the user verification process, the verification processing unit 1115 sends server verification result information (for example, service session ID information described later), indicates the result of user authentication processing. the

此时,如果作为通过验证处理单元1115的用户验证处理的结果,用户经验证是有效用户,则控制单元1110连续通过通信控制单元1112和网络接口1113将存储在现在播送信息存储单元1119中的现在播送信息、以及服务器验证结果信息发送到客户机终端1002,该页面信息为签约者存储在页面信息存储单元1116中。  At this time, if the user is authenticated as a valid user as a result of user authentication processing by the authentication processing unit 1115, the control unit 1110 continuously transfers the now broadcast information storage unit 1119 stored in the now broadcast information storage unit 1113 through the communication control unit 1112 and the network interface 1113. The broadcast information and the server authentication result information are sent to the client terminal 1002, and the page information is stored in the page information storage unit 1116 for the signatory. the

否则,如果作为通过验证处理单元1115的用户验证处理的结果,用户经验证并非有效用户,则控制单元1110连续通过通信控制单元1112和网络接口1113,向客户机终端1002发送验证错误信息以及表示失败验证的失败验证通知页面信息,该失败验证通知页面信息存储在页面信息存储单元1116中。  Otherwise, if the user is not verified as a valid user as a result of the user authentication process by the authentication processing unit 1115, the control unit 1110 sends an authentication error message and an indication failure message to the client terminal 1002 continuously through the communication control unit 1112 and the network interface 1113. The failed verification notification page information of the verification is stored in the page information storage unit 1116 . the

因而,当用户请求获取现在播送信息并且用户经验证是有效用户时,控制单元1110分发现在播送信息。然而,当用户经验证并非有效用户时,控制单元1110不允许用户接收无线电信息分发服务,诸如由无线电广播信息分发服务器1006提供的无线电广播信息分发服务。  Thus, when the user requests to acquire the now-on-air information and the user is verified as a valid user, the control unit 1110 distributes the now-on-air information. However, the control unit 1110 does not allow the user to receive a radio information distribution service such as the radio broadcast information distribution service provided by the radio broadcast information distribution server 1006 when the user is not verified as a valid user. the

同时,验证信息存储单元1120临时存储验证处理单元1115发出的服务器验证结果信息,还存储验证处理单元1115执行对使用客户机终端1002的用户的验证处理时所需的各类验证信息。  Meanwhile, the authentication information storage unit 1120 temporarily stores server authentication result information issued by the authentication processing unit 1115 and also stores various types of authentication information required when the authentication processing unit 1115 performs authentication processing for a user using the client terminal 1002 . the

(1-7)服务器中处理的纵览  (1-7) Overview of processing in the server

然后,参照图21~26的流程图,将描述在客户机终端1002和入口服务器1003之间执行的处理,以及在客户机终端1002与包括音乐数据分发服务器1004、销售服务器1005和无线电广播信息分发服务器1006的其它服务器之间执行的处理。  Then, referring to the flowcharts of FIGS. 21 to 26, the processing performed between the client terminal 1002 and the portal server 1003, and the communication between the client terminal 1002 and the distribution server 1004 including the music data distribution server 1005, the sales server 1005, and the radio broadcast information distribution will be described. The processing performed by the server 1006 among other servers. the

(1-7-1)客户机终端1002和入口服务器1003之间的用户验证处理过程  (1-7-1) User authentication process between the client terminal 1002 and the entry server 1003

首先,将参照图21描述在客户机终端1002和入口服务器1003之间执行的用户验证处理。  First, user authentication processing performed between the client terminal 1002 and the portal server 1003 will be described with reference to FIG. 21 . the

当执行开启客户机终端1002的操作,或者用户按下操作输入部分1020上的特定操作按键时,与音乐相关服务提供系统1000的管理代理签约的用户的客户机终端1002的用户开始验证请求处理,并且由操作输入部分1020识别的操作输入信号被输入处理单元1021转换成操作命令并提供。  When an operation of turning on the client terminal 1002 is performed, or the user presses a specific operation key on the operation input part 1020, the user of the client terminal 1002 of the user contracted with the management agent of the music-related service providing system 1000 starts authentication request processing, And the operation input signal recognized by the operation input part 1020 is converted into an operation command by the input processing unit 1021 and provided. the

当客户机终端1002开始验证请求处理时,控制单元1023在步骤SP1000上产生包含临时存储在验证信息存储单元1038中的验证对话ID信息等的连接请求信号,并连续通过通信控制单元1032和网络接口1033将所产生的连接请求信号传送给入口服务器1003。  When the client terminal 1002 starts authentication request processing, the control unit 1023 generates a connection request signal containing authentication session ID information and the like temporarily stored in the authentication information storage unit 1038 at step SP1000, and continuously passes through the communication control unit 1032 and the network interface 1033 transmits the generated connection request signal to the entry server 1003 . the

注意,在客户机终端1002与入口服务器1003连接进行通信,以执行诸如用户验证处理的各种处理的任何时候,验证对话ID信息是由入口服务器1003发出来自标识各个通信连接状态(即对话)的标识信息。  Note that, whenever the client terminal 1002 is connected with the portal server 1003 to perform various processing such as user authentication processing, the authentication session ID information is issued by the portal server 1003 from identifying each communication connection state (ie session). Identification information. the

在用于用户验证处理等时,验证对话ID信息具有相对于入口服务器1003发出的时间点的预定有效期(例如,约为1分钟)。  When used for user authentication processing or the like, the authentication session ID information has a predetermined validity period (for example, about 1 minute) with respect to the point of time when the portal server 1003 issues it. the

因此,如果验证对话ID信息在有效期内不能向入口服务器1003提供,则从入口服务器1003获得验证对话ID信息的客户机终端1002确定由验证对话ID信息指定的通信连接状态被入口服务器1003断开。  Therefore, if the authentication session ID information cannot be provided to the portal server 1003 within the valid period, the client terminal 1002 which obtains the authentication session ID information from the portal server 1003 determines that the communication connection state specified by the authentication session ID information is disconnected by the portal server 1003. the

因而,入口服务器1003防止过去发出的验证对话ID信息被未与音乐相关服务提供系统1000的供应商签约用户错误使用。  Thus, the portal server 1003 prevents authentication session ID information issued in the past from being erroneously used by a provider contract user who is not with the music-related service providing system 1000 . the

临时存储在验证信息存储单元1038中的验证对话ID信息在客户机终端1002和入口服务器1003一旦连接用于通信时从入口服务器1003发出,以执行用户验证过程等。  The authentication session ID information temporarily stored in the authentication information storage unit 1038 is issued from the portal server 1003 when the client terminal 1002 and the portal server 1003 are once connected for communication to perform a user authentication process and the like. the

当连接请求信号从客户机终端1002中传送时,在步骤SP1001,入口服务器1003的控制单元1050连续通过网络接口1053和通信控制单元1052接收连接请求信号,并向验证处理单元1056发送包含在所接收的连接请求信号中的验证对话ID信息等。  When the connection request signal is transmitted from the client terminal 1002, in step SP1001, the control unit 1050 of the portal server 1003 receives the connection request signal continuously through the network interface 1053 and the communication control unit 1052, and transmits to the authentication processing unit 1056 the Authentication session ID information, etc. in the connection request signal. the

此外,在控制单元1050的控制下,验证处理单元1056基于从客户机终端1002作为连接请求信号接收的验证对话ID信息来执行用户验证过程。  Furthermore, under the control of the control unit 1050, the authentication processing unit 1056 executes a user authentication process based on the authentication session ID information received from the client terminal 1002 as a connection request signal. the

结果,如果验证处理单元1056可能因为从客户机终端1002接收的验证对话ID信息等指定的有效期过期而不能验证客户机终端1002的用户是有效用户,则控制单元1050连续通过通信控制单元1052和网络接口1053将表示验证错误的验证错误信息发送给客户机终端1002。  As a result, if the verification processing unit 1056 may not be able to verify that the user of the client terminal 1002 is a valid user because the validity period specified by the verification session ID information etc. The interface 1053 sends authentication error information indicating an authentication error to the client terminal 1002 . the

在步骤SP1002,客户机终端1002的控制单元1023连续通过网络接口1033和通信控制单元1032接收从入口服务器1003传送的验证错误信息。响应于该信息,控制单元1023读取存储在验证信息存储单元1038中的用户ID信息、密码信息等,并连续通过通信控制单元1032和网络接口1033向入口服务器1003等发送所读取的用户ID信息、密码信息等。  In step SP1002, the control unit 1023 of the client terminal 1002 successively receives authentication error information transmitted from the portal server 1003 through the network interface 1033 and the communication control unit 1032. In response to this information, the control unit 1023 reads user ID information, password information, etc. stored in the authentication information storage unit 1038, and continuously transmits the read user ID to the entrance server 1003, etc. through the communication control unit 1032 and the network interface 1033. information, password information, etc. the

在步骤SP1003,入口服务器1003的控制单元1050连续通过网络接口1053和通信控制单元1052接收从客户机终端1002传送的用户ID信息、密码信息等,并将所接收的用户ID信息、密码信息等传送给验证处理单元1056。  In step SP1003, the control unit 1050 of the portal server 1003 continuously receives user ID information, password information, etc. transmitted from the client terminal 1002 through the network interface 1053 and the communication control unit 1052, and transmits the received user ID information, password information, etc. to the verification processing unit 1056. the

然后在控制单元1050的控制下,验证处理单元1056检测从客户机终端1002接收的用户ID信息、密码信息等是否包括在登记到客户数据库单元1054的客户信息中,作为用户验证处理。  Then under the control of the control unit 1050, the authentication processing unit 1056 detects whether user ID information, password information, etc. received from the client terminal 1002 are included in the client information registered to the client database unit 1054 as user authentication processing. the

结果,如果客户机终端1002的用户经验证是有效用户,则在控制单元1050的控制下,验证处理单元1056发出有关此时客户机终端1002和入口服务器1003之间通信连接状态的验证对话ID信息等,作为入口验证结果信息,并暂时将验证对话ID信息等存储在验证信息存储单元1057中。  As a result, if the user of the client terminal 1002 is authenticated as a valid user, then under the control of the control unit 1050, the authentication processing unit 1056 sends out authentication session ID information about the state of the communication connection between the client terminal 1002 and the portal server 1003 at this time. etc., as entry verification result information, and verification session ID information and the like are temporarily stored in the verification information storage unit 1057. the

然后,控制单元1050连续通过通信控制单元1052和网络接口1053,将由验证处理单元1056发给客户机终端1002的验证对话ID信息等发送给客户机终端1002。  Then, the control unit 1050 transmits the authentication session ID information and the like sent to the client terminal 1002 by the authentication processing unit 1056 to the client terminal 1002 through the communication control unit 1052 and the network interface 1053 successively. the

在步骤SP1004,客户机终端1002的控制单元1023连续通过网络接口1033和通信控制单元1032接收从入口服务器1003发送的验证对话ID信息等,并将所接收的验证对话ID信息等发送给验证处理单元1037。  In step SP1004, the control unit 1023 of the client terminal 1002 continuously receives authentication session ID information and the like transmitted from the portal server 1003 through the network interface 1033 and the communication control unit 1032, and transmits the received authentication session ID information and the like to the authentication processing unit 1037. the

此外,在控制单元1023的控制下,验证处理单元1037暂时将从入口服务器1003中接收的验证对话ID信息等存储在验证信息存储单元1038中。  Furthermore, under the control of the control unit 1023 , the authentication processing unit 1037 temporarily stores the authentication session ID information and the like received from the portal server 1003 in the authentication information storage unit 1038 . the

然后控制单元1023连续通过通信控制单元1032和网络接口1033向入口服务器1003发送用于从入口服务器1003请求页面信息的页面信息获取请求信号,以及从入口服务器1003中接收并暂时存储在验证信息存储单元1038中的验证对话ID信息。  Then the control unit 1023 continuously sends the page information acquisition request signal for requesting page information from the portal server 1003 to the portal server 1003 through the communication control unit 1032 and the network interface 1033, and receives and temporarily stores in the authentication information storage unit from the portal server 1003. The authentication session ID information in 1038. the

在步骤SP1005,入口服务器1003的控制单元1050连续通过网络接口1053和通信控制单元1052接收从客户机终端1002发送的页面信息获取请求信号、验证对话ID信息等,并将所接收的验证对话ID信息等发送给验证处理单元1056。  In step SP1005, the control unit 1050 of the portal server 1003 continuously receives the page information acquisition request signal, authentication session ID information, etc. transmitted from the client terminal 1002 through the network interface 1053 and the communication control unit 1052, and transmits the received authentication session ID information etc. are sent to the verification processing unit 1056. the

在控制单元1050的控制下,通过对从客户机终端1002接收的验证对话ID信息等与在上述步骤SP1003发给客户机终端1002并暂时存储在验证信息存储单元1057中的验证对话ID信息作比较,验证处理单元1056执行用户验证处理。  Under the control of the control unit 1050, by comparing the verification session ID information received from the client terminal 1002 with the verification session ID information sent to the client terminal 1002 in the above-mentioned step SP1003 and temporarily stored in the verification information storage unit 1057 , the authentication processing unit 1056 executes user authentication processing. the

结果,在步骤SP1006,如果使用客户机终端1002的用户经验证为有效用户,则验证处理单元1056确定从客户机终端1002获取页面信息的请求是一授权请求,并延长发给客户机终端1002的验证对话ID信息的有效期。  As a result, in step SP1006, if the user using the client terminal 1002 is authenticated as a valid user, the authentication processing unit 1056 determines that the request to acquire page information from the client terminal 1002 is an authorization request, and extends the request issued to the client terminal 1002. Verify the validity period of the session ID information. the

因此控制单元1050从页面信息存储单元1055读取用户所请求的页面信息,并连续通过通信控制单元1052和网络接口1053向客户机终端1002发送所读取的页面信息、具有延长后有效期的验证对话ID信息等。  Therefore, the control unit 1050 reads the page information requested by the user from the page information storage unit 1055, and continuously sends the read page information, a verification dialogue with an extended validity period to the client terminal 1002 through the communication control unit 1052 and the network interface 1053. ID information, etc. the

在步骤SP1007,客户机终端1002的控制单元1023连续通过网络接口1033和通信控制单元1032接收从入口服务器1003发送的页面信息,以及具有延长后有效期的验证对话ID信息,并将所接收的页面信息发送给页面信息生成单元1036,并将具有延长后有效期的验证对话ID信息等发送给验证处理单元1037。  In step SP1007, the control unit 1023 of the client terminal 1002 continuously receives the page information transmitted from the portal server 1003 through the network interface 1033 and the communication control unit 1032, and the authentication session ID information having an extended validity period, and transmits the received page information The information is sent to the page information generation unit 1036, and the verification session ID information with an extended validity period is sent to the verification processing unit 1037. the

基于从控制单元1023提供的页面信息,页面信息生成单元1036产生页面的视频数据,该页面嵌有到音乐数据分发服务器1004、销售服务器1005、和无线电广播信息分发服务器1006的链接,并且页面信息生成单元1036将所产生的视频数据发送给显示控制单元1024。  Based on the page information supplied from the control unit 1023, the page information generation unit 1036 generates video data of a page embedded with links to the music data distribution server 1004, sales server 1005, and radio broadcast information distribution server 1006, and the page information generation Unit 1036 sends the generated video data to display control unit 1024 . the

显示控制单元1024对从页面信息生成单元1036提供的视频数据执行数模转换,并将因此获得的模拟视频信号发送给显示单元1023,从而使显示单元1025基于模拟视频信号将入口服务器1003的页面显示为视频。  The display control unit 1024 performs digital-to-analog conversion on the video data supplied from the page information generation unit 1036, and transmits the analog video signal thus obtained to the display unit 1023, thereby causing the display unit 1025 to display the page of the portal server 1003 based on the analog video signal for the video. the

此外,在控制单元1023的控制下,验证处理单元1037通过重写不具有延长后有效期的验证对话ID信息,将具有延长后有效期并从入口服务器1003中接收的验证对话ID信息暂时存储在验证信息存储单元1038中。用这种方式,验证处理单元1037将在上述步骤SP1004暂时存储的验证对话ID信息更新为具有延长后有效期的验证对话ID信息。  Furthermore, under the control of the control unit 1023, the authentication processing unit 1037 temporarily stores the authentication session ID information having the extended validity period and received from the portal server 1003 in the authentication information by rewriting the authentication session ID information having no extended validity period. storage unit 1038. In this way, the authentication processing unit 1037 updates the authentication session ID information temporarily stored in the above-mentioned step SP1004 to the authentication session ID information having an extended validity period. the

(1-7-2)客户机终端1002和每一个服务器1004~1006之间的用户验证处理过程  (1-7-2) User authentication process between client terminal 1002 and each server 1004-1006

接着,参照图21,描述在客户机终端1002与音乐数据分发服务器1004、销售服务器1005、以及无线电广播信息分发服务器1006之间执行的用户验证处理过程。  Next, referring to FIG. 21, user authentication processing performed between the client terminal 1002 and the music data distribution server 1004, sales server 1005, and radio broadcast information distribution server 1006 will be described. the

在该情形中,有这种类型的用户验证处理(在下文中称为间接访问验证过程),它以这样的方式执行:如上参照图20所述客户机终端1002曾经从入口服务器1003获得页面信息,随后根据嵌于页面信息上的链接用来访问音乐数据分发服务器1004、销售服务器1005、和无线电广播信息分发服务器1006。  In this case, there is this type of user authentication processing (hereinafter referred to as an indirect access authentication process), which is performed in such a manner that the client terminal 1002 once obtains page information from the entry server 1003 as described above with reference to FIG. It is then used to access the music data distribution server 1004, sales server 1005, and radio broadcast information distribution server 1006 according to the links embedded in the page information. the

还有另一种类型的用户验证处理(在下文中称为直接访问验证过程),它以这样的方式执行:客户机终端1002未从入口服务器1003获得页面信息,而是根据先前登记为书签的URL信息等来直接访问音乐数据分发服务器1004、销售服务器1005、和无线电广播信息分发服务器1006。  There is another type of user authentication processing (hereinafter referred to as a direct access authentication process), which is performed in such a manner that the client terminal 1002 does not obtain page information from the portal server 1003, but information etc. to directly access the music data distribution server 1004, sales server 1005, and radio broadcast information distribution server 1006. the

间接访问验证过程可用上述相同方式来执行,其中音乐数据分发服务器1004、销售服务器1005、和无线电广播信息分发服务器1006与客户机终端1002任意组  合。  The indirect access authentication process can be carried out in the same manner as described above, wherein the music data distribution server 1004, sales server 1005, and radio broadcast information distribution server 1006 are arbitrarily combined with the client terminal 1002 combine. the

直接访问验证过程可用上述相同方式来执行,其中音乐数据分发服务器1004、销售服务器1005、和无线电广播信息分发服务器1006与客户机终端1002任意组合。  The direct access authentication process can be performed in the same manner as described above, in which the music data distribution server 1004, sales server 1005, and radio broadcast information distribution server 1006 are combined with the client terminal 1002 arbitrarily. the

间接访问验证过程和直接访问验证过程的不同之处仅在于从客户机终端1002访问音乐数据分发服务器1004、销售服务器1005、和无线电广播信息分发服务器1006所使用的获取URL信息的方式。在获得URL信息之后,可以相同过程执行间接访问验证处理和直接访问验证处理。  The indirect access authentication process differs from the direct access authentication process only in the manner of acquiring URL information used to access the music data distribution server 1004, sales server 1005, and radio broadcast information distribution server 1006 from the client terminal 1002. After the URL information is obtained, indirect access verification processing and direct access verification processing can be performed in the same procedure. the

因此,在下文中,为简化描述起见,音乐数据分发服务器1004被取为代表性访问目标,并且直接和间接访问验证处理被一起代表性地描述为一个用户验证处理。  Therefore, hereinafter, for simplicity of description, the music data distribution server 1004 is taken as a representative access target, and direct and indirect access authentication processing are representatively described together as one user authentication processing. the

首先,在步骤SP1010,客户机终端1002的控制单元1023根据内嵌为页面信息中链接的URL信息或预先登记为书签的URL信息,控制单元1023连续通过通信控制单元1032和网络接口1033向音乐数据分发服务器1004传送从验证信息存储单元1038中读取的服务对话ID信息,以及请求和获取有关音乐数据分发的页面信息(在销售服务器1005和无线电广播信息分发服务器1006情形中,可分别用盒装媒体销售页面信息和播送列表信息分发页面信息代替)的页面信息获取请求信号。  First, in step SP1010, the control unit 1023 of the client terminal 1002 sends music data continuously through the communication control unit 1032 and the network interface 1033 according to the URL information embedded as a link in the page information or the URL information registered as a bookmark in advance. The distribution server 1004 transmits the service session ID information read from the authentication information storage unit 1038, and requests and acquires page information about music data distribution (in the case of the sales server 1005 and the radio broadcast information distribution server 1006, they can be packaged in boxes, respectively). The page information acquisition request signal of the media sales page information and broadcast list information distribution page information instead). the

注意,服务对话ID信息是客户机终端1002所访问的音乐数据分发服务器1004、销售服务器1005、和无线电广播信息分发服务器1006发出的标识信息,来标识在客户机终端1002建立与音乐数据分发服务器1004、销售服务器1005、和无线电广播信息分发服务器1006的通信连接,以执行诸如用户验证处理的各种处理的任何时候的各个通信连接状态(即对话)。  Note that the service session ID information is identification information issued by the music data distribution server 1004, the sales server 1005, and the radio broadcast information distribution server 1006 accessed by the client terminal 1002 to identify the connection between the client terminal 1002 and the music data distribution server 1004. , the sales server 1005, and the communication connection of the radio broadcast information distribution server 1006 to perform each communication connection state (ie, session) at any time of various processing such as user authentication processing. the

当用于用户验证处理等时,验证对话ID信息具有音乐数据分发服务器1004、销售服务器1005、和无线电广播信息分发服务器1006发出的时间点的预定有效期(例如,约为1分钟)。  When used for user authentication processing or the like, the authentication session ID information has a predetermined validity period (for example, about 1 minute) of the point of time issued by the music data distribution server 1004, sales server 1005, and radio broadcast information distribution server 1006. the

因此,如果验证对话ID信息在有效期内不能向作为签发者的音乐数据分发服务器1004、销售服务器1005、和无线电广播信息分发服务器1006提供,则从服务器1004~1006的任一个获得验证对话ID信息的客户机终端1002确定由验证对话ID信息指定的通信连接状态被作为签发者的音乐数据分发服务器1004、销售服务器1005、和无线电广播信息分发服务器1006断开。  Therefore, if the authentication session ID information cannot be provided to the music data distribution server 1004, the sales server 1005, and the radio broadcast information distribution server 1006 as the signer within the validity period, then any one of the authentication session ID information is obtained from the servers 1004~1006. The client terminal 1002 determines that the communication connection state specified by the authentication session ID information is disconnected by the music data distribution server 1004, sales server 1005, and radio broadcast information distribution server 1006 as issuers. the

因而,音乐数据分发服务器1004、销售服务器1005、和无线电广播信息分发服务器1006防止过去发出的验证对话ID信息被未与音乐相关服务提供系统1000的管理代理签约的用户错误使用。  Thus, the music data distribution server 1004, sales server 1005, and radio broadcast information distribution server 1006 prevent authentication session ID information issued in the past from being erroneously used by users who have not contracted with the management agent of the music-related service providing system 1000. the

临时存储在验证信息存储单元1038中的验证对话ID信息在客户机终端1002和音乐数据分发服务器1004、销售服务器1005、和无线电广播信息分发服务器1006连接用于通信时从作为访问目标的音乐数据分发服务器1004、销售服务器1005、和无线电广播信息分发服务器1006发出,以执行用户验证处理等。  The authentication session ID information temporarily stored in the authentication information storage unit 1038 is distributed from the music data as the access target when the client terminal 1002 and the music data distribution server 1004, the sales server 1005, and the radio broadcast information distribution server 1006 are connected for communication. The server 1004, sales server 1005, and radio broadcast information distribution server 1006 issue to perform user authentication processing and the like. the

在步骤SP1011,音乐数据分发服务器1004的控制单元1070连续通过网络接口1073和通信控制单元1072接收从客户机终端1002传送的页面信息获取请求信号、服务对话ID信息等,并向验证处理单元1075传送所接收的服务对话ID信息。  In step SP1011, the control unit 1070 of the music data distribution server 1004 continuously receives the page information acquisition request signal, service session ID information, etc. transmitted from the client terminal 1002 through the network interface 1073 and the communication control unit 1072, and transmits them to the authentication processing unit 1075. Received service session ID information. the

在控制单元1070的控制下,验证处理单元1075通过对所接收的服务对话ID信息等与暂时存储在验证信息存储单元1077中的服务对话ID信息作比较,执行用户验证处理。  Under the control of the control unit 1070 , the authentication processing unit 1075 performs user authentication processing by comparing the received service session ID information and the like with the service session ID information temporarily stored in the authentication information storage unit 1077 . the

结果,如果验证处理单元1075例如可能因为从客户机终端1002接收的服务对话ID信息的有效期过期而不能验证客户机终端1002的用户为有效用户,则验证处理单元1075确定客户机终端1002发出对获取音乐数据分发的页面信息的请求是无效请求。  As a result, if the verification processing unit 1075 cannot verify that the user of the client terminal 1002 is a valid user, for example, possibly because the validity period of the service session ID information received from the client terminal 1002 has expired, the verification processing unit 1075 determines that the client terminal 1002 issues a request to acquire A request for page information of music data distribution is an invalid request. the

此外,如果验证处理单元1075不能验证客户机终端1002的用户为有效用户,则控制单元1070连续通过通信控制单元1072和网络接口1073将表示验证错误的验证错误信息和标识音乐数据分发服务器1004的商店代码传送给客户机终端1002。  In addition, if the verification processing unit 1075 cannot verify that the user of the client terminal 1002 is a valid user, the control unit 1070 transmits verification error information indicating a verification error and a store identifying the music data distribution server 1004 continuously through the communication control unit 1072 and the network interface 1073. The code is transmitted to the client terminal 1002. the

在步骤SP1012,客户机终端1002的控制单元1023连续通过网络接口1033和通信控制单元1032接收从音乐数据分发服务器1004传送的验证错误信息和商店代码。根据所接收的验证错误信息,控制单元1023识别用户经音乐数据分发服务器1004验证不是有效用户,且控制单元1023将从音乐数据分发服务器1004接收的商店代码暂时存储在验证信息存储单元1038中。  In step SP1012, the control unit 1023 of the client terminal 1002 successively receives authentication error information and shop codes transmitted from the music data distribution server 1004 through the network interface 1033 and the communication control unit 1032. Based on the received authentication error information, the control unit 1023 recognizes that the user is not a valid user authenticated by the music data distribution server 1004, and the control unit 1023 temporarily stores the store code received from the music data distribution server 1004 in the authentication information storage unit 1038. the

然后,控制单元1023产生验证票据签发请求信号,该信号请求入口服务器1003发出用于访问音乐数据分发服务器1004的验证票据,并连续通过通信控制单元1032和网络接口1033将所生成的验证票据签发请求信号、音乐数据分发服务器1004的商店代码、验证对话ID信息等传送给入口服务器1003,其中验证对话ID信息等已从入口服务器1003中接收,并暂时存储在验证信息存储单元1038中。  Then, the control unit 1023 generates a verification ticket issuing request signal, which requests the entrance server 1003 to send a verification ticket for accessing the music data distribution server 1004, and continuously passes the generated verification ticket issuance request through the communication control unit 1032 and the network interface 1033. The signal, the store code of the music data distribution server 1004, authentication session ID information, etc., which have been received from the entry server 1003 and temporarily stored in the authentication information storage unit 1038, are transmitted to the portal server 1003. the

在步骤SP1013,入口服务器1003的控制单元1050连续通过网络接口1053和通信控制单元1052接收从客户机终端1002发送的验证票据签发请求信号、商店代码、验证对话ID信息等,并将它们发送给验证处理单元1056。  In step SP1013, the control unit 1050 of the portal server 1003 continuously receives the verification ticket issuance request signal, store code, verification session ID information, etc. sent from the client terminal 1002 through the network interface 1053 and the communication control unit 1052, and sends them to the verification processing unit 1056 . the

在控制单元1050的控制下,验证处理单元1056通过对验证对话ID信息等与存储在验证信息存储单元1057中的验证对话ID信息作比较,来执行用户验证处理。  Under the control of the control unit 1050 , the authentication processing unit 1056 performs user authentication processing by comparing the authentication session ID information and the like with the authentication session ID information stored in the authentication information storage unit 1057 . the

结果,如果验证处理单元1056例如可能因为从客户机终端1002接收的验证对话ID信息的有效期过期而不能验证客户机终端1002的用户为有效用户,则验证处理单元1056确定从客户机终端1002发出对验证票据的请求是无效请求。  As a result, if the verification processing unit 1056 cannot verify that the user of the client terminal 1002 is a valid user, possibly because the validity period of the verification session ID information received from the client terminal 1002 has expired, for example, the verification processing unit 1056 determines that a pair of A request to validate a ticket is an invalid request. the

此外,如果验证处理单元1056不能验证客户机终端1002的用户为有效用户,则控制单元1050连续通过通信控制单元1052和网络接口1053将表示验证错误的验证错误信息传送给客户机终端1002。  In addition, if the authentication processing unit 1056 cannot authenticate the user of the client terminal 1002 as a valid user, the control unit 1050 continuously transmits authentication error information indicating an authentication error to the client terminal 1002 through the communication control unit 1052 and the network interface 1053. the

否则,如果例如因为从客户机终端1002接收的验证对话ID信息的有效期仍未过期,使用客户机终端1002的用户经验证为有效用户,则验证处理单元1056确定客户机终端1002对发出验证票据的请求是有效请求。  Otherwise, if, for example, the user using the client terminal 1002 is authenticated as a valid user because the validity period of the authentication session ID information received from the client terminal 1002 has not yet expired, the authentication processing unit 1056 determines that the client terminal 1002 is compliant with issuing the authentication ticket. Request is a valid request. the

如果使用客户机终端1002的用户经验证处理单元1056验证为有效用户,控制单元1050移到下面描述的步骤SP1018。  If the user using the client terminal 1002 is authenticated as a valid user by the authentication processing unit 1056, the control unit 1050 moves to step SP1018 described below. the

在步骤SP1014,客户机终端1002的控制单元1023连续通过网络接口1033和通信控制单元1032接收从入口服务器1003发送的验证错误信息等。然后控制单元1023读取存储在验证信息存储单元1038中的用户ID信息、密码信息等,并连续通过通信控制单元1032和网络接口1033将所读取的用户ID信息、密码信息等传送给入口服务器1003。  In step SP1014, the control unit 1023 of the client terminal 1002 continuously receives authentication error information and the like transmitted from the portal server 1003 through the network interface 1033 and the communication control unit 1032. Then the control unit 1023 reads the user ID information, password information, etc. stored in the verification information storage unit 1038, and continuously transmits the read user ID information, password information, etc. to the portal server through the communication control unit 1032 and the network interface 1033 1003. the

在步骤SP1015,入口服务器1003的控制单元1050连续通过网络接口1053和通信控制单元1052接收从客户机终端1002发送的用户ID信息、密码信息等,并将所接收的的用户ID信息、密码信息等发送给验证处理单元1056。  In step SP1015, the control unit 1050 of the portal server 1003 continuously receives user ID information, password information, etc. Send to the verification processing unit 1056. the

在控制单元1050的控制下,验证处理单元1056检查所所接收的用户ID信息、密码信息等是否包括在登记到客户数据库单元1054的客户信息中,从而执行用户验证处理。  Under the control of the control unit 1050, the authentication processing unit 1056 checks whether received user ID information, password information, etc. are included in the customer information registered to the customer database unit 1054, thereby performing user authentication processing. the

结果,如果客户机终端1002的用户经验证为有效用户,则在控制单元1050的控制下,验证处理单元1056发出有关此时客户机终端1002和入口服务器1003之间通信连接状态的验证对话ID信息,作为入口验证结果信息,并且暂时将发给  终端客户机1002的验证对话ID信息等存储在验证信息存储单元1057。  As a result, if the user of the client terminal 1002 is authenticated as a valid user, then under the control of the control unit 1050, the authentication processing unit 1056 sends out authentication session ID information about the state of the communication connection between the client terminal 1002 and the portal server 1003 at this time. , as the entry verification result information, and will be temporarily sent to Authentication session ID information and the like of the terminal client 1002 are stored in the authentication information storage unit 1057 . the

然后,控制单元1050连续通过通信控制单元1052和网络接口1053将由验证处理单元1056发给客户机终端1002的验证对话ID信息等发送给客户机终端1002。  Then, the control unit 1050 continuously transmits the authentication session ID information and the like sent to the client terminal 1002 by the authentication processing unit 1056 to the client terminal 1002 through the communication control unit 1052 and the network interface 1053 . the

在步骤SP1016,客户机终端1002的控制单元1023连续通过网络接口1033和通信控制单元1032接收从入口服务器1003发送的验证对话ID信息等,并暂时将所接收的验证对话ID信息等存储在验证信息存储单元1038中。  In step SP1016, the control unit 1023 of the client terminal 1002 continuously receives authentication session ID information and the like transmitted from the portal server 1003 through the network interface 1033 and the communication control unit 1032, and temporarily stores the received authentication session ID information and the like in the authentication information storage unit 1038. the

然后控制单元1023产生请求从入口服务器1003发出验证票据的验证票据签发请求信号,并连续通过通信控制单元1032和网络接口1033将所生成的验证票据签发请求信号、以及暂时存储在验证信息存储单元1038中的商店代码、此时也暂时存储的验证对话ID信息等传送给入口服务器1003。  Then the control unit 1023 generates a verification ticket issuance request signal that requests the verification ticket from the entrance server 1003, and continuously passes the generated verification ticket issuance request signal through the communication control unit 1032 and the network interface 1033, and is temporarily stored in the verification information storage unit 1038 The store code in the store, the verification session ID information temporarily stored at this time, etc. are transmitted to the portal server 1003. the

在本实施例中,商店代码暂时存储在客户机终端1002的验证信息存储单元1038中。本实施例并非仅限于此,如果步骤SP1012~SP1016的处理在客户机终端1002和入口服务器1003之间执行时,商店代码能连续收发,则在步骤SP1016不将商店代码暂时存储在客户机终端1002的验证信息存储单元1038中就向入口服务器1003发送商店代码是可能的。  In this embodiment, the store code is temporarily stored in the authentication information storage unit 1038 of the client terminal 1002. The present embodiment is not limited thereto, if the store code can be sent and received continuously when the processing of steps SP1012 to SP1016 is executed between the client terminal 1002 and the entry server 1003, then the store code is not temporarily stored in the client terminal 1002 in step SP1016 It is possible to send the store code to the entry server 1003 in the verification information storage unit 1038 of the store. the

在步骤SP1017,入口服务器1003的控制单元1050连续通过网络接口1053和通信控制单元1052接收从客户机终端1002发送的验证票据签发请求信号、商店代码、验证对话ID信息等,并将它们发送给验证处理单元1056。  In step SP1017, the control unit 1050 of the portal server 1003 continuously receives the verification ticket issuance request signal, store code, verification session ID information, etc. sent from the client terminal 1002 through the network interface 1053 and the communication control unit 1052, and sends them to the verification processing unit 1056 . the

在控制单元1050的控制下,验证处理单元1056通过对所接收的验证对话ID信息等与暂时存储在验证信息存储单元1057中的验证对话ID信息作比较,来执行用户验证处理。  Under the control of the control unit 1050 , the authentication processing unit 1056 performs user authentication processing by comparing the received authentication session ID information and the like with the authentication session ID information temporarily stored in the authentication information storage unit 1057 . the

结果,如果例如因为从客户机终端1002接收的验证对话ID信息的有效期尚未过期,使用客户机终端1002的用户经验证为有效用户,则验证处理单元1056确定客户机终端1002发出对验证票据的请求为有效请求。  As a result, if, for example, the user using the client terminal 1002 is authenticated as a valid user because the validity period of the authentication session ID information received from the client terminal 1002 has not expired, the authentication processing unit 1056 determines that the client terminal 1002 issues a request for an authentication ticket is a valid request. the

如果使用客户机终端1002的用户经验证处理单元1056验证是有效用户,则控制单元1050移到后面描述的下一步骤SP1018。  If the user using the client terminal 1002 is authenticated as a valid user by the authentication processing unit 1056, the control unit 1050 moves to the next step SP1018 described later. the

在步骤SP1018,在控制单元1050的控制下,基于前面步骤SP1017中从客户机终端1002接收的商店代码和验证票据签发请求信号,验证处理单元1056发出验证票据等,作为使能对商店代码所表示的音乐数据分发服务器1004的访问的入口验证结果信息。  In step SP1018, under the control of the control unit 1050, based on the shop code and verification ticket issuance request signal received from the client terminal 1002 in the previous step SP1017, the verification processing unit 1056 issues a verification ticket, etc., as enabled to the shop code. The access verification result information of the music data distribution server 1004. the

在控制单元1050的控制下,验证处理单元1056将签发的验证票据等暂时存  储在验证信息存储单元1057中,并延长发给客户机终端1002的验证对话ID信息等的有效期。  Under the control of the control unit 1050, the verification processing unit 1056 temporarily stores the issued verification ticket, etc. It is stored in the authentication information storage unit 1057, and the validity period of the authentication session ID information etc. sent to the client terminal 1002 is extended. the

因此,控制单元1050连续通过通信控制单元1052和网络接口1053向客户机终端1002传送验证票据等,连同具有经验证处理单元1056延长的有效期的验证对话ID信息等。  Therefore, the control unit 1050 continuously transmits the authentication ticket and the like, together with the authentication session ID information and the like having the valid period extended by the authentication processing unit 1056, to the client terminal 1002 through the communication control unit 1052 and the network interface 1053. the

在步骤SP1019,客户机终端1002的控制单元1023连续通过网络接口1033和通信控制单元1032接收从入口服务器1003传送的验证票据等和带有延长后有效期等的验证对话ID信息等,并将所接收的验证对话ID信息等发送给验证处理单元1037。  In step SP1019, the control unit 1023 of the client terminal 1002 continuously receives authentication tickets and the like transmitted from the portal server 1003 and authentication session ID information with an extended validity period and the like through the network interface 1033 and the communication control unit 1032, and transmits the received The verification session ID information and the like are sent to the verification processing unit 1037. the

然后,控制单元102连续通过通信控制单元1032和网络接口1033向音乐数据分发服务器1004发送从入口服务器1003接收的验证票据等,以及验证请求信号。  Then, the control unit 102 continuously transmits the authentication ticket and the like received from the portal server 1003, and an authentication request signal to the music data distribution server 1004 through the communication control unit 1032 and the network interface 1033. the

此外,在控制单元1023的控制下,验证处理单元1037通过在延长有效期之前重写验证对话ID信息,将具有延长后有效期并从入口服务器1003中接收的验证对话ID信息等暂时存储在验证信息存储单元1038中。用这种方式,将在上述步骤SP1016暂时存储的验证对话ID信息等被更新为具有延长后有效期的验证对话ID信息。  In addition, under the control of the control unit 1023, the verification processing unit 1037 temporarily stores the verification session ID information and the like having the extended validity period and received from the portal server 1003 in the verification information storage by rewriting the verification session ID information before the extension of the validity period. Unit 1038. In this way, the authentication session ID information or the like temporarily stored at the above-mentioned step SP1016 is updated to the authentication session ID information having an extended effective period. the

在步骤SP1020,音乐数据分发服务器1004的控制单元1070连续通过网络接口1073和通信控制单元1072接收从客户机终端1002传送的验证请求信号、验证票据等。  In step SP1020, the control unit 1070 of the music data distribution server 1004 successively receives an authentication request signal, an authentication ticket, etc. transmitted from the client terminal 1002 through the network interface 1073 and the communication control unit 1072. the

然后控制单元1070连续通过通信控制单元1072和网络接口1073向入口服务器1003发送从客户机终端1002接收的验证票据等,以及用于请求确认验证票据等的验证票据确认请求信号。  The control unit 1070 then continuously transmits the authentication ticket etc. received from the client terminal 1002 and an authentication ticket confirmation request signal for requesting confirmation of the authentication ticket etc. to the portal server 1003 through the communication control unit 1072 and the network interface 1073. the

在步骤SP1021,入口服务器1003的控制单元1050连续通过网络接口1053和通信控制单元1052接收从音乐数据分发服务器1004发送的验证票据确认请求信号、验证票据等,并将所接收的验证票据确认请求信号、验证票据等发送给验证处理单元1056。  In step SP1021, the control unit 1050 of the entrance server 1003 receives the verification ticket confirmation request signal, verification ticket, etc. sent from the music data distribution server 1004 continuously through the network interface 1053 and the communication control unit 1052, and transmits the received verification ticket confirmation request signal , the verification ticket, etc. are sent to the verification processing unit 1056. the

然后,在控制单元1050的控制下,验证处理单元1056响应于验证票据确认请求信号,通过对所接收的验证票据等与暂时存储在验证信息存储单元1057中的验证票据等作比较,来对从音乐数据分发服务器1004接收的验证票据执行用户验证过程。  Then, under the control of the control unit 1050, the verification processing unit 1056 compares the received verification ticket etc. with the verification ticket etc. The authentication ticket received by the music data distribution server 1004 performs a user authentication process. the

结果,如果验证处理单元1056确认从音乐数据分发服务器1004接收的验证  票据等为有效的验证票据等,则控制单元1050连续通过通信控制单元1052和网络接口1053将确认结果信息传送给音乐数据分发服务器1004,该确认结果信息表示所接收的验证票据等是有效验证票据。  As a result, if the authentication processing unit 1056 confirms the authentication received from the music data distribution server 1004 Ticket etc. is valid verification ticket etc., then control unit 1050 is sent to music data distribution server 1004 by communication control unit 1052 and network interface 1053 confirmation result information continuously, and this confirmation result information represents that received verification ticket etc. is valid verification ticket . the

在步骤SP1022,音乐数据分发服务器1004的控制单元1070连续通过网络接口1073和通信控制单元1072接收从入口服务器1003传送的确认结果信息,并将所接收的确认结果信息传送给确认处理部分1075。  In step SP1022, the control unit 1070 of the music data distribution server 1004 successively receives confirmation result information transmitted from the portal server 1003 through the network interface 1073 and the communication control unit 1072, and transmits the received confirmation result information to the confirmation processing section 1075. the

在控制单元1070的控制下,验证处理单元1075响应于确认结果信息,发出有关此时客户机终端1002和入口服务器1003之间通信连接状态的服务对话信息,作为服务器验证结果信息,并且验证处理单元1075暂时将发出的服务对话信息等存储在验证信息存储单元1077中。  Under the control of the control unit 1070, the authentication processing unit 1075 issues service session information on the state of the communication connection between the client terminal 1002 and the portal server 1003 at this time as server authentication result information in response to the confirmation result information, and the authentication processing unit 1075 temporarily stores the issued service session information and the like in the authentication information storage unit 1077. the

此外,控制单元1070连续通过通信控制单元1072和网络接口1073将从验证处理单元1075向客户机终端1002发出的服务对话ID信息等发送给客户机终端1002。  Further, the control unit 1070 continuously transmits the service session ID information and the like issued from the authentication processing unit 1075 to the client terminal 1002 to the client terminal 1002 through the communication control unit 1072 and the network interface 1073 . the

在步骤SP1023,客户机终端1002的控制单元1023连续通过网络接口1033和通信控制单元1032接收从音乐数据分发服务器1004发送的服务对话ID信息等,并暂时将所接收的服务对话ID信息等存储在验证信息存储单元1038中。  In step SP1023, the control unit 1023 of the client terminal 1002 continuously receives service session ID information and the like transmitted from the music data distribution server 1004 through the network interface 1033 and the communication control unit 1032, and temporarily stores the received service session ID information and the like in Verification information storage unit 1038. the

因此,控制单元1023连续通过网络接口1033和通信控制单元1032,向音乐数据分发服务器1004传送请求音乐数据分发的页面信息的页面信息获取请求信号、连同从音乐数据分发服务器1004接收并暂时存储在验证信息存储单元1038中的服务对话ID信息等。  Therefore, the control unit 1023 continuously transmits to the music data distribution server 1004 the page information acquisition request signal requesting the page information of the music data distribution through the network interface 1033 and the communication control unit 1032, together with the page information received from the music data distribution server 1004 and temporarily stored in the verification page. Service session ID information in the information storage unit 1038 and the like. the

在步骤SP1024,音乐数据分发服务器1004的控制单元1070连续通过网络接口1073和通信控制单元1072接收从客户机终端1002传送的页面信息获取请求信号、服务对话ID信息等,并将所接收的服务对话ID信息等传送给验证处理单元1075。  In step SP1024, the control unit 1070 of the music data distribution server 1004 continuously receives the page information acquisition request signal, service session ID information, etc. transmitted from the client terminal 1002 through the network interface 1073 and the communication control unit 1072, and transfers the received service session ID information and the like are transmitted to the authentication processing unit 1075 . the

在控制单元1070的控制下,验证处理单元1075通过对从客户机终端1002接收的服务对话ID信息等与在步骤SP1022发给客户机终端1002并暂时存储在验证信息存储单元1077中的服务对话ID信息作比较,来执行用户验证过程。  Under the control of the control unit 1070, the authentication processing unit 1075 compares the service session ID information etc. received from the client terminal 1002 with the service session ID sent to the client terminal 1002 in step SP1022 and temporarily stored in the authentication information storage unit 1077. information to perform the user authentication process. the

结果,如果例如因为从客户机终端1002接收的服务对话ID信息的有效期尚未过期,使用客户机终端1002的用户经验证为有效用户,则验证处理单元1075确定来自客户机终端1002的用于获取音乐数据分发的页面信息的请求是有效请求。  As a result, if, for example, the user using the client terminal 1002 is authenticated as a valid user because the validity period of the service session ID information received from the client terminal 1002 has not expired, then the verification processing unit 1075 determines that the information for acquiring music from the client terminal 1002 A request for page information for data distribution is a valid request. the

如果使用客户机终端1002的用户经验证处理单元1075验证为有效用户,则控制单元1070移到下一步骤SP1025。  If the user using the client terminal 1002 is authenticated as a valid user by the authentication processing unit 1075, the control unit 1070 moves to the next step SP1025. the

在步骤SP1025,控制单元1070从页面信息存储单元1076读取已由用户请求的音乐数据分发的页面信息,并通过验证处理单元1075延长发给客户机终端1002的服务对话ID信息等的有效期。  In step SP1025, the control unit 1070 reads the page information of the music data distribution requested by the user from the page information storage unit 1076, and extends the validity period of the service session ID information etc. issued to the client terminal 1002 by the authentication processing unit 1075. the

此外,控制单元1070连续通过通信控制单元1072和网络接口1073向客户机终端1002传送从页面信息存储单元1076读取的音乐数据分发的页面信息、以及具有由验证处理单元1075延长的有效期的服务对话ID信息等。  Further, the control unit 1070 continuously transmits to the client terminal 1002 through the communication control unit 1072 and the network interface 1073 the page information of music data distribution read from the page information storage unit 1076, and the service session with the validity period extended by the authentication processing unit 1075. ID information, etc. the

在步骤SP1026,客户机终端1002的控制单元1023连续通过网络接口1033和通信控制单元1032接收从音乐数据分发服务器1004传送的音乐数据分发的页面信息,以及具有延长后有效期的服务对话ID信息等、将所接收的音乐数据分发页面信息发送给页面信息生成单元1036、并将从音乐数据分发服务器1004接收的服务对话ID信息等发送给验证处理单元1037。  In step SP1026, the control unit 1023 of the client terminal 1002 continuously receives page information of music data distribution transmitted from the music data distribution server 1004 through the network interface 1033 and the communication control unit 1032, and service session ID information having an extended effective period, etc., The received music data distribution page information is sent to the page information generation unit 1036 , and the service session ID information and the like received from the music data distribution server 1004 are sent to the authentication processing unit 1037 . the

因此,在控制单元1023的控制下,验证处理单元1037通过重写有效期延长前的服务对话ID信息等,将具有延长后有效期并从音乐数据分发服务器1004接收的服务对话ID信息等暂时存储在验证信息存储单元1038中。用这种方式,在前面步骤SP1023中暂时存储的服务对话ID信息被更新为具有延长后有效期的服务对话ID信息。  Therefore, under the control of the control unit 1023, the verification processing unit 1037 temporarily stores the service session ID information and the like having the post-extension validity period and received from the music data distribution server 1004 in the verification session by rewriting the service session ID information and the like before the validity period extension. In the information storage unit 1038. In this way, the service session ID information temporarily stored in the previous step SP1023 is updated to the service session ID information having an extended effective period. the

此外,页面信息生成单元1036基于音乐数据分发的页面信息产生视频数据,并将该视频数据传送给显示控制单元1024。  Furthermore, the page information generation unit 1036 generates video data based on the page information of music data distribution, and transmits the video data to the display control unit 1024 . the

因此,显示控制单元1024对从页面信息生成单元1036提供的视频数据执行数/模转换处理,并将因此获得的模拟视频信号发送给显示单元1025,以基于模拟视频信号在显示单元1025上显示音乐数据分发的页面。  Therefore, the display control unit 1024 performs digital/analog conversion processing on the video data supplied from the page information generation unit 1036, and sends the analog video signal thus obtained to the display unit 1025 to display music on the display unit 1025 based on the analog video signal. Data distribution page. the

(1-7-3)音乐相关服务提供处理  (1-7-3) Provision of music-related services

然后参照图22~25,将描述要执行的音乐相关服务提供处理,这些处理在完成如上所述参照图21所述的在客户机终端1002与音乐数据分发服务器1004、销售服务器1005或无线电广播信息分发服务器1006之间执行的用户验证处理过程之后执行,在执行处理期间,客户机终端1002使用有关音乐数据传送页面、盒装媒体销售页面和播送列表信息传送页面的页面信息等接收来自音乐数据分发服务器1004、销售服务器1005和无线电广播信息分发服务器1006的音乐数据传送服务、交易服务和无线电广播信息传送服务。  Referring then to FIGS. 22 to 25, the music-related service providing process to be performed will be described after completing the communication between the client terminal 1002 and the music data distribution server 1004, sales server 1005 or radio information as described above with reference to FIG. 21. Executed after the user authentication process performed between the distribution servers 1006, during which the client terminal 1002 receives information from the music data distribution page using page information on the music data delivery page, boxed media sales page, and broadcast list information delivery page, etc. The server 1004, the sales server 1005, and the radio information distribution server 1006 are music data delivery services, transaction services, and radio information delivery services. the

(1-7-3-1)音乐数据传送服务提供过程  (1-7-3-1) Music data delivery service provision process

首先参照图22,将描述提供音乐数据分发的处理过程,在该过程期间客户机终端1002接收来自音乐数据分发服务器1004的音乐数据分发服务。  Referring first to FIG. 22, a processing procedure for providing music data distribution during which the client terminal 1002 receives the music data distribution service from the music data distribution server 1004 will be described. the

在步骤SP1030,当选择在显示屏1025上显示为视频的音乐数据分发页面的一部分的控制命令从输入处理单元1021输入时,客户机终端1002的控制单元1023响应所输入的控制命令,来产生请求下载想要下载的音乐数据的下载请求信号。  In step SP1030, when a control command to select a part of the music data distribution page displayed as video on the display screen 1025 is input from the input processing unit 1021, the control unit 1023 of the client terminal 1002 generates a request in response to the input control command A download request signal for downloading music data to be downloaded. the

然后,控制单元1023连续通过通信控制单元1032和网络接口1033将下载请求信号、连同服务对话ID信息等传送给音乐数据分发服务器1004,该服务对话ID信息等由音乐数据分发服务器1004发出并暂时存储在验证信息存储单元1038中。  Then, the control unit 1023 transmits the download request signal to the music data distribution server 1004 continuously through the communication control unit 1032 and the network interface 1033, together with service session ID information, etc., which are issued by the music data distribution server 1004 and temporarily stored. In the authentication information storage unit 1038. the

在步骤SP1031,音乐数据分发服务器1004的控制单元1070连续通过网络接口1073和通信控制单元1072接收从客户机终端1002传送的下载请求信号、服务对话ID信息等,并向验证处理单元1075发送所接收的服务对话ID信息。  In step SP1031, the control unit 1070 of the music data distribution server 1004 continuously receives download request signals, service session ID information, etc. The service session ID information. the

在控制单元1070的控制下,验证处理单元1075通过对从客户机终端1002接收的服务对话ID信息等与暂时存储在验证信息存储单元1077中的服务对话ID信息作比较,来执行用户验证处理。  Under the control of the control unit 1070 , the authentication processing unit 1075 performs user authentication processing by comparing service session ID information etc. received from the client terminal 1002 with service session ID information temporarily stored in the authentication information storage unit 1077 . the

结果,如果使用客户机终端1002请求下载音乐数据的用户经验证处理单元1075验证为有效用户,则控制单元1070继续到下一步骤SP1032。  As a result, if the user requesting to download music data using the client terminal 1002 is authenticated as a valid user by the authentication processing unit 1075, the control unit 1070 proceeds to the next step SP1032. the

在步骤SP1032,基于包括在下载请求信号中的搜索关键字,搜索单元1079在音乐数据存储单元1078中的多个音乐数据项中搜索需要下载的音乐数据,即满足搜索关键字表示的检索条件的音乐数据。  In step SP1032, based on the search keyword included in the download request signal, the search unit 1079 searches for music data to be downloaded among a plurality of music data items in the music data storage unit 1078, that is, those satisfying the retrieval condition indicated by the search keyword. music data. the

此外,当音乐数据由搜索单元1079搜索时,控制单元1070通过验证处理单元1075延长发给客户机终端1002的服务对话ID信息等的有效期,然后继续到下一步骤SP1033。  Furthermore, when music data is searched by the search unit 1079, the control unit 1070 extends the validity period of the service session ID information etc. issued to the client terminal 1002 by the authentication processing unit 1075, and then proceeds to the next step SP1033. the

在步骤SP1033,控制单元1070从音乐数据存储单元1078读取由搜索单元1079搜索到的想要下载的音乐数据,并连续通过通信控制单元1072和网络接口1073将所读取的所需音乐数据、连同具有由验证处理单元1075延长的有效期的服务对话ID信息等发送给客户机终端1002。  In step SP1033, the control unit 1070 reads the music data to be downloaded by the search unit 1079 from the music data storage unit 1078, and continuously transmits the read desired music data, It is transmitted to the client terminal 1002 together with the service session ID information and the like having the validity period extended by the authentication processing unit 1075 . the

在步骤SP1034,客户机终端1002的控制单元1023连续通过网络接口1033和通信控制单元1032接收从音乐数据分发服务器1004传送的想要下载的音乐数据,以及具有延长后有效期的服务对话ID信息等。控制单元1023将所接收的音乐数据存储在存储媒体1029中,并将从音乐数据分发服务器1004接收的服务对话  ID信息等发送给验证处理单元1037。  In step SP1034, the control unit 1023 of the client terminal 1002 continuously receives music data to be downloaded from the music data distribution server 1004, service session ID information and the like having an extended validity period transmitted from the music data distribution server 1004 through the network interface 1033 and the communication control unit 1032. The control unit 1023 stores the received music data in the storage medium 1029, and communicates the service received from the music data distribution server 1004 ID information and the like are sent to the authentication processing unit 1037 . the

在控制单元1023的控制下,验证处理单元1037通过重写有效期延长前的服务对话ID信息,将具有延长后有效期的从音乐数据分发服务器1004接收的服务对话ID信息暂时存储在验证信息存储单元1038中。用这种方式,暂时存储在验证信息存储单元1038中的服务对话ID信息被更新为具有延长后有效期的服务对话ID信息等。  Under the control of the control unit 1023, the verification processing unit 1037 temporarily stores the service session ID information received from the music data distribution server 1004 with the extended validity period in the verification information storage unit 1038 by rewriting the service session ID information before the validity period extension. middle. In this way, the service session ID information temporarily stored in the authentication information storage unit 1038 is updated to the service session ID information having an extended validity period or the like. the

因而,客户机终端1002能通过使用音乐数据分发服务器1004提供的音乐数据分发服务,下载用户想要获得的音乐数据。  Thus, the client terminal 1002 can download the music data that the user wants to obtain by using the music data distribution service provided by the music data distribution server 1004 . the

(1-7-3-2)销售服务提供过程  (1-7-3-2) Sales service provision process

然后,参照图24,将描述当客户机终端1002接收来自销售服务器1005的销售服务时提供销售服务的处理过程。  Then, referring to FIG. 24, the processing procedure for providing a sales service when the client terminal 1002 receives the sales service from the sales server 1005 will be described. the

在步骤SP1040,当选择在显示屏1025上显示为视频的盒装媒体销售页面的一部分的控制命令从输入处理单元1021输入时,客户机终端1002的控制单元1023响应所输入的控制命令,来产生请求特定盒装媒体信息的媒体信息请求信号。  In step SP1040, when a control command to select a part of the boxed media sales page displayed as a video on the display screen 1025 is input from the input processing unit 1021, the control unit 1023 of the client terminal 1002 responds to the input control command to generate A media information request signal that requests specific boxed media information. the

然后,控制单元1023连续通过通信控制单元1032和网络接口1033将媒体信息请求信号、连同服务对话ID信息等传送给销售服务器1005,该服务对话ID信息等由销售服务器1005发出并暂时存储在验证信息存储单元1038中。  Then, the control unit 1023 continuously transmits the media information request signal, together with the service session ID information, etc., to the sales server 1005 through the communication control unit 1032 and the network interface 1033, and the service session ID information, etc. are sent by the sales server 1005 and temporarily stored in the verification information storage unit 1038. the

在步骤SP1041,销售服务器1005的控制单元1090连续通过网络接口1093和通信控制单元1092接收从客户机终端1002传送的媒体信息请求信号、服务对话ID信息等,并向验证处理单元1095发送所接收的服务对话ID信息。  In step SP1041, the control unit 1090 of the sales server 1005 continuously receives the media information request signal, service session ID information, etc. transmitted from the client terminal 1002 through the network interface 1093 and the communication control unit 1092, and transmits the received information to the authentication processing unit 1095. Service session ID information. the

在控制单元1090的控制下,验证处理单元1095通过对从客户机终端1002接收的服务对话ID信息等与暂时存储在验证信息存储单元1097中的服务对话ID信息作比较,来执行用户验证处理。  Under the control of the control unit 1090 , the authentication processing unit 1095 performs user authentication processing by comparing the service session ID information etc. received from the client terminal 1002 with the service session ID information temporarily stored in the authentication information storage unit 1097 . the

结果,如果使用客户机终端1002请求有关盒装媒体的盒装媒体信息的用户经验证处理单元1095验证为有效用户,则控制单元1090继续到下一步骤SP1042。  As a result, if the user requesting boxed media information on the boxed media using the client terminal 1002 is authenticated as a valid user by the authentication processing unit 1095, the control unit 1090 proceeds to the next step SP1042. the

在步骤SP1042,基于包括在媒体信息请求信号中的搜索关键字,搜索单元1099在盒装媒体信息存储单元1098中的多个盒装媒体信息项中搜索特定盒装媒体的盒装媒体信息,即满足搜索关键字表示的检索条件的盒装媒体。  In step SP1042, based on the search keyword included in the media information request signal, the search unit 1099 searches boxed media information of a specific boxed media among a plurality of boxed media information items in the boxed media information storage unit 1098, namely Boxed media that meet the retrieval conditions indicated by the search keyword. the

此外,当盒装媒体信息由搜索单元1099搜索时,控制单元1090通过验证处理单元1095延长发给客户机终端1002的服务对话ID信息等的有效期,然后继续到下一步骤SP1043。  Furthermore, when the boxed media information is searched by the search unit 1099, the control unit 1090 extends the validity period of the service session ID information etc. issued to the client terminal 1002 by the authentication processing unit 1095, and then proceeds to the next step SP1043. the

在步骤SP1043,控制单元1090读取由搜索单元1099搜索到的盒装媒体信息,并连续通过通信控制单元1092和网络接口1093将所读取的盒装媒体信息、连同具有由验证处理单元1095延长的有效期的服务对话ID信息等传送给客户机终端1002。  In step SP1043, the control unit 1090 reads the boxed media information searched by the search unit 1099, and continuously passes through the communication control unit 1092 and the network interface 1093 the read boxed media information together with the information extended by the verification processing unit 1095. The service session ID information and the like of the valid period are transmitted to the client terminal 1002. the

在步骤SP1044,客户机终端1002的控制单元1023连续通过网络接口1033和通信控制单元1032接收从销售服务器1005传送的特定盒装媒体信息,以及具有延长后有效期的服务对话ID信息等。控制单元1023将所接收的盒装媒体信息发送给页面信息生成单元1036,并将从销售服务器1005接收的服务对话ID信息等发送给验证处理单元1037。  In step SP1044, the control unit 1023 of the client terminal 1002 continuously receives through the network interface 1033 and the communication control unit 1032 specific boxed media information transmitted from the sales server 1005, service session ID information with an extended validity period, and the like. The control unit 1023 sends the received boxed media information to the page information generation unit 1036 , and sends the service session ID information and the like received from the sales server 1005 to the authentication processing unit 1037 . the

在控制单元1023的控制下,验证处理单元1037通过重写有效期延长前的服务对话ID信息,将具有延长后有效期的从销售服务器1005接收的服务对话ID信息暂时存储在验证信息存储单元1038中。用这种方式,暂时存储在验证信息存储单元1038中的服务对话ID信息被更新为具有延长后有效期的服务对话ID信息等。  Under the control of the control unit 1023, the verification processing unit 1037 temporarily stores the service session ID information received from the sales server 1005 with the extended validity period in the verification information storage unit 1038 by rewriting the service session ID information before the validity period extension. In this way, the service session ID information temporarily stored in the authentication information storage unit 1038 is updated to the service session ID information having an extended validity period or the like. the

此外,页面信息生成单元1036基于从控制单元1023提供的盒装媒体信息产生视频数据,将所产生的视频数据转换成模拟视频信号,并将这些信号传送给显示单元1025。  Furthermore, the page information generation unit 1036 generates video data based on the boxed media information supplied from the control unit 1023 , converts the generated video data into analog video signals, and transmits these signals to the display unit 1025 . the

因而控制单元1023基于模拟视频信号在显示单元1025上将盒装媒体信息显示为视频,然后继续到下一步骤SP1045。  The control unit 1023 thus displays the boxed media information as a video on the display unit 1025 based on the analog video signal, and then proceeds to the next step SP1045. the

在步骤SP1045,当请求购买对应于在显示屏1025上显示为视频的盒装媒体信息的盒装媒体的控制命令从输入处理单元1021输入时,控制单元1023响应所输入的控制命令,产生请求购买盒装媒体的购买请求信号。  In step SP1045, when the control command of requesting to purchase the boxed media corresponding to the boxed media information displayed as video on the display screen 1025 is input from the input processing unit 1021, the control unit 1023 generates a request to buy in response to the inputted control command. Buy request signal for boxed media. the

然后,控制单元1023连续通过通信控制单元1032和网络接口1033将购买请求信号、连同服务对话ID信息(即,具有延长后有效期的服务对话ID信息)等传送给销售服务器1005,该服务对话ID信息等由销售服务器1005接收并暂时存储在验证信息存储单元1038中。  Then, the control unit 1023 continuously transmits the purchase request signal, together with service session ID information (that is, service session ID information with an extended validity period) etc. to the sales server 1005 through the communication control unit 1032 and the network interface 1033, the service session ID information etc. are received by the sales server 1005 and temporarily stored in the authentication information storage unit 1038. the

在步骤SP1046,销售服务器1005的控制单元1090连续通过网络接口1093和通信控制单元1092接收从客户机终端1002传送的购买请求信号、服务对话ID信息等,并向验证处理单元1095传送所接收的服务对话ID信息。  In step SP1046, the control unit 1090 of the sales server 1005 continuously receives the purchase request signal, service session ID information, etc. transmitted from the client terminal 1002 through the network interface 1093 and the communication control unit 1092, and transmits the received service to the authentication processing unit 1095. Session ID information. the

在控制单元1090的控制下,验证处理单元1095通过对所接收的服务对话ID信息等与暂时存储在验证信息存储部分1097中的服务对话ID信息作比较,来执行用户验证处理。  Under the control of the control unit 1090 , the authentication processing unit 1095 performs user authentication processing by comparing the received service session ID information and the like with the service session ID information temporarily stored in the authentication information storage section 1097 . the

结果,如果使用客户机终端1002请求购买盒装媒体的用户经验证处理单元1095验证为有效用户,则控制单元1090继续到下一步骤SP1047。  As a result, if the user who requested to purchase the media box using the client terminal 1002 is authenticated as a valid user by the authentication processing unit 1095, the control unit 1090 proceeds to the next step SP1047. the

在步骤SP1047,控制单元1090执行购买过程,诸如将所请求的盒装媒体运送给使用客户机终端1002的用户,并连续通过通信控制单元1092和网络接口1093将用来对购买盒装媒体的用户收费的收费信息传送给核算服务器1008,从而使核算服务器1008能对应于用户对盒装媒体的购买执行收费过程。  In step SP1047, the control unit 1090 executes the purchase process, such as shipping the requested boxed media to the user using the client terminal 1002, and continuously passes the communication control unit 1092 and the network interface 1093 to the user who purchased the boxed media. The charging information of the charge is transmitted to the accounting server 1008, thereby enabling the accounting server 1008 to execute the charging process corresponding to the user's purchase of the boxed media. the

此外,控制单元1090使验证处理单元1095延长发给客户机终端1002的服务对话ID信息等的有效期。  Furthermore, the control unit 1090 causes the authentication processing unit 1095 to extend the validity period of the service session ID information and the like issued to the client terminal 1002 . the

在完成收费处理之后,在步骤SP1048,控制单元1090连续通过通信控制单元1092和网络接口1093将表示盒装媒体购买完成的购买完成信息、以及具有已由验证处理单元1095延长的有效期的服务对话ID信息等传送给客户机终端1002。  After completing the charging process, in step SP1048, the control unit 1090 continuously transmits the purchase completion information indicating that the boxed media purchase is completed, and the service session ID with the validity period extended by the authentication processing unit 1095 through the communication control unit 1092 and the network interface 1093. Information and the like are transmitted to the client terminal 1002 . the

在步骤SP1049,客户机终端1002的控制单元1023连续通过网络接口1033和通信控制单元1032接收从销售服务器1005传送的购买完成信息和服务对话ID信息,并将所接收的购买完成信息发送给页面信息生成单元1036,将从销售服务器1005接收的服务对话ID信息等传送给验证处理单元1037。  In step SP1049, the control unit 1023 of the client terminal 1002 continuously receives the purchase completion information and the service session ID information transmitted from the sales server 1005 through the network interface 1033 and the communication control unit 1032, and transmits the received purchase completion information to the page information The generation unit 1036 transmits the service session ID information received from the sales server 1005 to the verification processing unit 1037 . the

在控制单元1023的控制下,验证处理单元1037通过重写有效期延长前的服务对话ID信息,将具有延长后有效期的并从销售服务器1005接收的服务对话ID信息暂时存储在验证信息存储单元1038中,从而更新暂时存储在验证信息存储单元1038中的服务对话ID信息等的内容。  Under the control of the control unit 1023, the verification processing unit 1037 temporarily stores the service session ID information having the extended validity period and received from the sales server 1005 in the verification information storage unit 1038 by rewriting the service session ID information before the validity period extension , thereby updating the content of the service session ID information temporarily stored in the authentication information storage unit 1038 . the

此外,页面信息生成单元1036基于控制单元1023提供的购买完成页面信息产生视频数据,将所产生的视频数据转换成模拟视频信号,并将这些信号传送给显示单元1025。  In addition, the page information generation unit 1036 generates video data based on the purchase completion page information supplied from the control unit 1023 , converts the generated video data into analog video signals, and transmits these signals to the display unit 1025 . the

因而,客户机终端1002可允许用户使用销售服务器1005提供的销售服务购买想要的盒装媒体。  Thus, the client terminal 1002 can allow the user to purchase a desired boxed media using the sales service provided by the sales server 1005. the

(1-7-3-3)播送列表信息分发服务提供处理过程  (1-7-3-3) Broadcast list information distribution service provision process

然后,参照图24,将描述当客户机终端1002接收来自无线电广播信息分发服务器1006的无线电广播信息分发服务特别是播送列表信息分发服务时提供无线电广播信息分发服务的处理过程。  Then, referring to FIG. 24, the processing procedure for providing the radio broadcast information distribution service when the client terminal 1002 receives the radio broadcast information distribution service from the radio broadcast information distribution server 1006, particularly the broadcast list information distribution service will be described. the

在步骤SP1060,当用于搜索想要得到的播送列表信息的搜索关键字输入到在显示屏1025上显示为视频的播送列表信息分发页面上的输入框时,并且对应于表示所输入搜索关键字的字母字符串的控制命令从输入处理单元1021输入时,客户  机终端1002的控制单元1023产生请求下载想要下载的播送列表信息的播送列表信息请求信号。  In step SP1060, when a search keyword for searching desired broadcast list information is input to the input box on the broadcast list information distribution page displayed as a video on the display screen 1025, and corresponds to the input search keyword When the control command of the letter string is input from the input processing unit 1021, the client The control unit 1023 of the mobile terminal 1002 generates a broadcast list information request signal requesting download of broadcast list information to be downloaded. the

然后,控制单元1023连续通过通信控制单元1032和网络接口1033将播送列表信息请求信号、连同服务对话ID信息等传送给无线电广播信息分发服务器1006,该服务对话ID信息等由无线电广播信息分发服务器1006接收并暂时存储在验证信息存储单元1038中。  Then, the control unit 1023 continuously transmits the broadcast list information request signal to the radio broadcast information distribution server 1006 through the communication control unit 1032 and the network interface 1033, together with service session ID information, etc., which are provided by the radio broadcast information distribution server 1006 received and temporarily stored in the authentication information storage unit 1038 . the

在步骤SP1061,无线电广播信息分发服务器1006的控制单元1110连续通过网络接口1113和通信控制单元1112接收从客户机终端1002传送的播送列表信息请求信号、服务对话ID信息等,并向验证处理单元1115发送所接收的服务对话ID信息。  In step SP1061, the control unit 1110 of the radio broadcast information distribution server 1006 receives the broadcast list information request signal, service session ID information, etc. Send the received service session ID information. the

在控制单元1110的控制下,验证处理单元1115通过对从客户机终端1002接收的服务对话ID信息等与暂时存储在验证信息存储单元1120中的服务对话ID信息作比较,来执行用户验证处理。  Under the control of the control unit 1110 , the authentication processing unit 1115 performs user authentication processing by comparing service session ID information etc. received from the client terminal 1002 with service session ID information temporarily stored in the authentication information storage unit 1120 . the

结果,如果使用客户机终端1002请求播送列表信息的用户经验证处理单元1115验证为有效用户,则控制单元1110继续到下一步骤SP1062。  As a result, if the user requesting broadcast list information using the client terminal 1002 is authenticated as a valid user by the authentication processing unit 1115, the control unit 1110 proceeds to the next step SP1062. the

在步骤SP1062,基于包括在播送列表信息请求信号中的搜索关键字,搜索单元1118从全部播送列表信息中搜索在符合检索关键字表示的检索条件的指定范围内的想要得到的播放列表信息。  In step SP1062, based on the search key included in the play list information request signal, the search unit 1118 searches all play list information for desired play list information within a specified range meeting the retrieval condition indicated by the search key. the

此外,当播送列表信息由搜索单元1118搜索时,控制单元1110通过验证处理单元1115延长发给客户机终端1002的服务对话ID信息等的有效期,然后继续到下一步骤SP1063。  Furthermore, when the broadcast list information is searched by the search unit 1118, the control unit 1110 extends the valid period of the service session ID information etc. issued to the client terminal 1002 by the authentication processing unit 1115, and then proceeds to the next step SP1063. the

在步骤SP1063,控制单元1110读取由搜索单元1118搜索到的播送列表信息,并连续通过通信控制单元1112和网络接口1113将所读取的播送列表信息、连同具有由验证处理单元1115延长的有效期的服务对话ID信息等传送给客户机终端1002。  In step SP1063, the control unit 1110 reads the broadcast list information searched by the search unit 1118, and continuously transmits the read broadcast list information together with the validity period extended by the verification processing unit 1115 through the communication control unit 1112 and the network interface 1113. The service session ID information and the like are transmitted to the client terminal 1002. the

在步骤SP1064,客户机终端1002的控制单元1023连续通过网络接口1033和通信控制单元1032接收从无线电广播信息分发服务器1006传送的特定播送列表信息,以及具有延长后有效期的服务对话ID信息等。控制单元1023将所接收的播送列表信息发送给页面信息生成单元1036,并将从无线电广播信息分发服务器1006接收的服务对话ID信息等发送给验证处理单元1037。  In step SP1064, the control unit 1023 of the client terminal 1002 continuously receives through the network interface 1033 and the communication control unit 1032 specific broadcast list information transmitted from the radio broadcast information distribution server 1006, and service session ID information with an extended effective period, etc. The control unit 1023 sends the received broadcast list information to the page information generation unit 1036 , and sends the service session ID information and the like received from the radio broadcast information distribution server 1006 to the authentication processing unit 1037 . the

在控制单元1023的控制下,验证处理单元1037通过重写有效期延长前的服  务对话ID信息,将具有延长后有效期的从无线电广播信息分发服务器1006接收的服务对话ID信息暂时存储在验证信息存储单元1038中,从而更新暂时存储在验证信息存储单元1038中的服务对话ID信息的内容。  Under the control of the control unit 1023, the verification processing unit 1037 rewrites the service before the validity period is extended. service session ID information, temporarily store the service session ID information received from the radio broadcast information distribution server 1006 in the verification information storage unit 1038 with an extended post-validity period, thereby updating the service session ID information temporarily stored in the verification information storage unit 1038 Content. the

此外,页面信息生成单元1036基于从控制单元1023提供的播送列表信息产生视频数据,将所产生的视频数据转换成模拟视频信号,并将这些信号传送给显示单元1025,从而在显示单元1025上基于模拟视频信号将该视频数据显示为视频。  In addition, the page information generation unit 1036 generates video data based on the broadcast list information supplied from the control unit 1023, converts the generated video data into analog video signals, and transmits these signals to the display unit 1025, thereby displaying on the display unit 1025 based on An analog video signal displays the video data as a video. the

因而,客户机终端1002允许用户使用无线电广播信息分发服务器1006提供的无线电广播信息分发服务获得想要的播送列表信息。  Thus, the client terminal 1002 allows the user to obtain desired broadcast list information using the radio broadcast information distribution service provided by the radio broadcast information distribution server 1006 . the

(1-7-3-4)现在播送信息分发服务提供处理过程  (1-7-3-4) Current broadcast information distribution service provision process

然后,参照图25,描述无线电广播信息分发服务提供处理过程,在该过程期间,客户机终端1002从无线电广播信息分发服务器1006接收作为无线电广播信息分发服务的现在播送信息分发服务。  Then, referring to FIG. 25 , the radio broadcast information distribution service providing processing procedure during which the client terminal 1002 receives the Now On Air information distribution service as the radio broadcast information distribution service from the radio broadcast information distribution server 1006 will be described. the

对每个无线电台(或呼号)都提供无线电广播信息分发服务器1006,以提供现在播送信息。  A radio broadcast information distribution server 1006 is provided for each radio station (or call sign) to provide now broadcast information. the

在某些情形中,开始时,客户机终端1002并未存储对应于广播电台的无线电广播信息分发服务器1006的URL信息。  In some cases, initially, the client terminal 1002 does not store the URL information of the radio broadcast information distribution server 1006 corresponding to the broadcasting station. the

因此,提供无线电广播信息分发服务的处理过程将在下面参照示例描述:无线电广播信息分发服务器的URL信息分别根据无线电台的呼号由入口服务器1003管理。  Therefore, a process for providing a radio broadcast information distribution service will be described below with reference to an example in which URL information of a radio broadcast information distribution server is managed by the portal server 1003 according to call signs of radio stations, respectively. the

该无线电广播信息分发服务处理提供过程假设一种情形:当客户机终端1002向入口服务器请求表示该广播频率的频率信息时以便自动地预先设置每个无线电台的广播频率时,验证对话ID信息等并未暂时存储在验证信息存储单元1038中。因此,客户机终端1002首先向入口服务器1003发送用户ID信息、密码信息等。  This radio broadcast information distribution service process providing procedure assumes a situation where when the client terminal 1002 requests the portal server for frequency information indicating the broadcast frequency in order to automatically pre-set the broadcast frequency of each radio station, verify session ID information, etc. It is not temporarily stored in the authentication information storage unit 1038 . Therefore, the client terminal 1002 first transmits user ID information, password information, and the like to the portal server 1003 . the

在步骤SP1070,当请求自动地预先设置每个无线电台的广播频率的操作命令从输入处理单元1021输入时,客户机终端1002的控制单元1023响应于该命令,连续通过通信控制单元1032和网络接口1033向入口服务器1003发送一频率信息请求信号,该信息请求有关各个无线电台可接收的广播频率的频率信息、连同用户输入的区域代码、存储在验证信息存储单元1038的用户ID信息、密码信息等。  In step SP1070, when an operation command requesting to automatically pre-set the broadcasting frequency of each radio station is input from the input processing unit 1021, the control unit 1023 of the client terminal 1002 responds to the command, successively passes through the communication control unit 1032 and the network interface 1033 sends a frequency information request signal to the entrance server 1003, and the information requests frequency information on broadcast frequencies receivable by each radio station, together with the area code input by the user, user ID information, password information, etc. stored in the authentication information storage unit 1038 . the

在步骤SP1071,入口服务器1003的控制单元1050连续通过网络接口1053和通信控制单元1052接收从客户机终端1002发送的频率信息请求信号、区域代码、用户ID信息、密码信息等,并将从客户机终端1002接收的用户ID信息、密码信  息等发送给验证处理单元1056。  In step SP1071, the control unit 1050 of the portal server 1003 receives frequency information request signals, area codes, user ID information, password information, etc. The user ID information and password information received by the terminal 1002 information and the like to the verification processing unit 1056. the

在控制单元1050的控制下,验证处理单元1056通过对从客户机终端1002接收的用户ID信息、密码信息等与登记在客户数据库单元1054中的客户信息作比较,来执行用户验证处理。  Under the control of the control unit 1050 , the authentication processing unit 1056 performs user authentication processing by comparing user ID information, password information, etc. received from the client terminal 1002 with customer information registered in the customer database unit 1054 . the

结果,如果使用客户机终端1002的用户经验证处理单元1056验证是有效用户,并且对获取来自客户机终端1002的频率信息的请求是有效请求,则验证处理单元1056在控制单元1050的控制下,发出有关此时客户机终端1002和入口服务器1003之间通信连接状态的验证对话ID信息等,并暂时将所发出的验证对话ID信息等存储在验证信息存储单元1057中。  As a result, if the user using the client terminal 1002 is verified as a valid user by the verification processing unit 1056, and the request to acquire frequency information from the client terminal 1002 is a valid request, the verification processing unit 1056, under the control of the control unit 1050, Authentication session ID information and the like regarding the state of the communication connection between the client terminal 1002 and the portal server 1003 at this time are issued, and the issued authentication session ID information and the like are temporarily stored in the authentication information storage unit 1057 . the

如果用户经验证处理单元1056验证是有效用户,控制单元1050继续到下一步骤SP1072。  If the user is authenticated as a valid user by the authentication processing unit 1056, the control unit 1050 proceeds to the next step SP1072. the

在步骤SP1072,基于从客户机终端1002接收的区域代码,控制单元1050在频率信息存储单元1058的多个频率信息、无线电台名称和呼号中搜索、列示并读取对应于该区域代码的频率信息、无线电台名称和呼号。  In step SP1072, based on the area code received from the client terminal 1002, the control unit 1050 searches, lists, and reads a frequency corresponding to the area code among a plurality of frequency information, radio station names, and call signs in the frequency information storage unit 1058 information, radio station name and call sign. the

因此控制单元1050连续通过通信控制单元1052和网络接口1053向客户机终端1002发送从频率信息存储单元1058列出并读取的频率信息、无线电台名称和呼号,连同在前面步骤SP1071中通过验证处理单元1056发给客户机终端1002的验证对话ID信息等。  Therefore, the control unit 1050 continuously transmits to the client terminal 1002 the frequency information, the radio station name, and the call sign listed and read from the frequency information storage unit 1058 through the communication control unit 1052 and the network interface 1053, together with the verification process passed in the preceding step SP1071. The unit 1056 sends the authentication session ID information and the like to the client terminal 1002. the

在步骤SP1073,客户机终端1002的控制单元1023连续通过网络接口1033和通信控制单元1032接收从入口服务器1003传送的频率信息、无线电台名称和呼号的列表,并将从入口服务器1003接收的验证对话ID信息等发送给验证处理单元1037,将频率信息、无线电台名称和呼号的列表发送给显示控制单元1024。  In step SP1073, the control unit 1023 of the client terminal 1002 continuously receives the list of frequency information, radio station names, and call signs transmitted from the portal server 1003 through the network interface 1033 and the communication control unit 1032, and sends the authentication dialogue received from the portal server 1003 to ID information and the like are sent to the authentication processing unit 1037 , and a list of frequency information, radio station names, and call signs is sent to the display control unit 1024 . the

在控制单元1023的控制下,验证处理单元1037将从入口服务器1003接收的验证对话ID信息等暂时存储在验证信息存储单元1038中。  Under the control of the control unit 1023 , the authentication processing unit 1037 temporarily stores the authentication session ID information and the like received from the portal server 1003 in the authentication information storage unit 1038 . the

显示控制单元1024将从控制单元1023提供的频率信息、无线电台名称和呼号的列表发送给显示单元1025,从而在显示单元1025上显示该列表。  The display control unit 1024 transmits the list of frequency information, radio station names, and call signs supplied from the control unit 1023 to the display unit 1025 , thereby displaying the list on the display unit 1025 . the

此外,控制单元1023将基于此时从输入处理单元1021输入的选择命令而选择的频率信息、无线电台名称和呼号存储在存储媒体29中,作为预设置值,并继续到下一步骤SP1074。  Further, the control unit 1023 stores the frequency information, radio station name, and call sign selected based on the selection command input from the input processing unit 1021 at this time in the storage medium 29 as preset values, and proceeds to the next step SP1074. the

在步骤SP1074,控制单元1023控制调谐器单元1031从无线电广播波中提取在对应于从输入处理单元1021提供的调谐控制命令的广播频率上广播的无线电广  播信号。  In step SP1074, the control unit 1023 controls the tuner unit 1031 to extract, from radio broadcast waves, a radio broadcast broadcast on a broadcast frequency corresponding to the tuning control command supplied from the input processing unit 1021. broadcast signal. the

调谐器单元1031因而从广播信号接收单元30接收的无线电广播波中提取在该广播频率上广播的无线电广播信号,并对信号执行诸如解码等的预定处理,并将作为结果获得的音频数据发送给音频控制单元1026。  The tuner unit 1031 thus extracts a radio broadcast signal broadcast on the broadcast frequency from the radio broadcast wave received by the broadcast signal receiving unit 30, and performs predetermined processing such as decoding on the signal, and transmits the audio data obtained as a result to Audio control unit 1026 . the

因此,音频控制单元1026将从调谐器单元1031提供的音频数据转换成模拟音频信号,并将模拟音频信号发送给扬声器1027。因而可输出选定无线电节目的声音。  Accordingly, the audio control unit 1026 converts the audio data supplied from the tuner unit 1031 into an analog audio signal, and sends the analog audio signal to the speaker 1027 . The sound of the selected radio program can thus be output. the

在步骤SP1075,在控制单元1023的控制下,无线电广播显示控制单元1039从存储媒体1029中读取呼号,该呼号对应于表示根据调谐控制命令的广播频率的频率信息而存储,并且无线电广播显示控制单元1090连续通过通信控制单元1032和网络接口1033将所读取的呼号、连同暂时存储在验证信息存储单元1038中的验证对话ID信息发送给入口服务器1003。  In step SP1075, under the control of the control unit 1023, the radio broadcast display control unit 1039 reads, from the storage medium 1029, the call sign stored corresponding to the frequency information representing the broadcast frequency according to the tuning control command, and the radio broadcast display control Unit 1090 continuously transmits the read call sign, together with the authentication session ID information temporarily stored in authentication information storage unit 1038, to portal server 1003 through communication control unit 1032 and network interface 1033. the

在步骤SP1076,入口服务器1003的控制单元1050连续通过通信控制单元1052和网络接口1053接收从客户机终端1002传送的呼号、验证对话ID信息等,并将所接收的验证对话ID信息等发送给验证处理单元1056。  In step SP1076, the control unit 1050 of the portal server 1003 continuously receives the call sign, authentication session ID information, etc. transmitted from the client terminal 1002 through the communication control unit 1052 and the network interface 1053, and transmits the received authentication session ID information, etc. to the authentication session. processing unit 1056 . the

在控制单元1050的控制下,验证处理单元1056通过对所接收的验证对话ID信息等与暂时存储在验证信息存储单元1057中的验证对话ID信息作比较,来执行用户验证过程。  Under the control of the control unit 1050 , the authentication processing unit 1056 performs a user authentication process by comparing the received authentication session ID information and the like with the authentication session ID information temporarily stored in the authentication information storage unit 1057 . the

结果,如果从客户机终端1002接收的验证对话ID信息等的有效期尚未过期。且当使用客户机终端1002发送呼号的用户经验证处理单元1056验证为有效用户,则控制单元1050继续到下一步骤SP1077。  As a result, if the validity period of the authentication session ID information and the like received from the client terminal 1002 has not expired. And when the user who sent the call sign using the client terminal 1002 is authenticated by the authentication processing unit 1056 as a valid user, the control unit 1050 proceeds to the next step SP1077. the

在步骤SP1077,控制单元1050基于从客户机终端1002接收的呼号,在URL存储单元1059中的多个URL信息中搜索与呼号相链接的URL信息。  In step SP1077, the control unit 1050 searches, based on the call sign received from the client terminal 1002, the URL information linked to the call sign among the pieces of URL information in the URL storage unit 1059. the

此外,控制单元1050通过验证处理单元1056延长发给客户机终端1002的验证对话ID信息的有效期。  Furthermore, the control unit 1050 extends the validity period of the authentication session ID information sent to the client terminal 1002 through the authentication processing unit 1056 . the

然后,控制单元1050从URL存储单元1059读取搜索到的URL信息,并连续通过通信控制单元1052和网络接口1053向客户机终端1002发送所读取的URL信息、以及具有由验证处理单元1056延长的有效期的验证对话ID信息等。  Then, the control unit 1050 reads the searched URL information from the URL storage unit 1059, and continuously transmits the read URL information to the client terminal 1002 through the communication control unit 1052 and the network interface 1053, together with the URL information extended by the authentication processing unit 1056. The validity period of the verification session ID information, etc. the

在步骤SP1078,客户机终端1002的控制单元1023连续通过网络接口1033和通信控制单元1032接收从入口服务器1003传送的URL信息,以及具有延长后有效期的验证对话ID信息,并将所接收的验证对话ID信息等发送给验证处理单  元1037,将URL信息发送给无线电广播显示控制单元1039。  In step SP1078, the control unit 1023 of the client terminal 1002 continuously receives the URL information transmitted from the entry server 1003 through the network interface 1033 and the communication control unit 1032, and the authentication session ID information having an extended validity period, and transfers the received authentication session ID information, etc. are sent to the verification processing sheet Element 1037, send the URL information to the radio broadcast display control unit 1039. the

在控制单元1023的控制下,验证处理单元1037通过重写具有未延长有效期的验证对话ID信息,将从入口服务器1003中接收的具有延长后有效期的验证对话ID信息暂时存储在验证信息存储单元1038中,从而更新暂时存储在验证信息存储单元1038中的验证对话ID信息等的内容。  Under the control of the control unit 1023, the verification processing unit 1037 temporarily stores the verification session ID information with the extended validity period received from the entry server 1003 in the verification information storage unit 1038 by rewriting the verification session ID information with an unextended validity period. , thereby updating the contents of the verification session ID information temporarily stored in the verification information storage unit 1038. the

在控制单元1023的控制下,无线电广播显示控制单元1039还将控制单元1023提供的URL信息暂时存储在存储媒体1029中,其中与呼号链接的信息也存储在存储媒体1029中。  Under the control of the control unit 1023, the radio broadcast display control unit 1039 also temporarily stores the URL information provided by the control unit 1023 in the storage medium 1029, wherein the information linked with the call sign is also stored in the storage medium 1029. the

此外,在控制单元1023的控制下,无线电广播显示控制单元1039根据暂时存储在存储媒体29等中的URL信息,连续通过通信控制单元1032和网络接口1033向无线电广播信息分发服务器1006传送请求获取现在传送信息的现在播送信息请求信号,连同已从无线电广播信息分发服务器1006接收并且暂时存储在验证信息存储单元1038中的服务对话ID信息。  In addition, under the control of the control unit 1023, the radio broadcast display control unit 1039 continuously transmits a request to obtain the present information to the radio broadcast information distribution server 1006 through the communication control unit 1032 and the network interface 1033 based on the URL information temporarily stored in the storage medium 29 or the like. The now-on-air information request signal of the delivery information, together with the service session ID information that has been received from the radio broadcast information distribution server 1006 and temporarily stored in the authentication information storage unit 1038 . the

在无线电广播信息分发服务提供处理过程中,步骤SP1078中从客户机终端1002向无线电广播信息分发服务器1006传送现在播送信息请求信号、服务对话ID信息等的处理对应于参照图21描述的步骤SP1010的处理。  In the radio broadcast information distribution service providing process, the process of transmitting the now broadcast information request signal, service session ID information, etc. from the client terminal 1002 to the radio broadcast information distribution server 1006 in step SP1078 corresponds to that of step SP1010 described with reference to FIG. deal with. the

因此,在该无线电广播信息分发服务提供处理过程中,在步骤SP1078的处理之后与如上参照图21所述的步骤SP1011~SP1013以及步骤SP1018~SP1022的相同的用户验证处理在客户机终端1002、无线电广播信息分发服务器1006、和入口服务器1003中依次执行。然后,过程继续到下一步骤SP1079。  Therefore, in this radio broadcast information distribution service providing process, after the process of step SP1078, the same user authentication process as that of steps SP1011 to SP1013 and steps SP1018 to SP1022 described above with reference to FIG. The broadcast information distribution server 1006 and the entry server 1003 are executed sequentially. Then, the procedure proceeds to the next step SP1079. the

在步骤SP1079,在控制单元1023的控制下,客户机终端1002的无线电广播显示控制单元1039根据暂时存储在存储媒体1029中的URL信息等,再次连续通过通信控制单元1032和网络接口1033向无线电广播信息分发服务器1006发送现在播送信息请求信号,连同已接收并且暂时存储在验证信息存储单元1038中的服务对话ID信息。  In step SP1079, under the control of the control unit 1023, the radio broadcast display control unit 1039 of the client terminal 1002 continuously broadcasts to the radio through the communication control unit 1032 and the network interface 1033 again based on URL information etc. temporarily stored in the storage medium 1029. The information distribution server 1006 transmits the now broadcasting information request signal together with the service session ID information which has been received and temporarily stored in the authentication information storage unit 1038 . the

在步骤SP1080,无线电广播信息分发服务器1006的控制单元1110连续通过网络接口1113和通信控制单元1112接收从客户机终端1002传送的现在播送信息请求信号、服务对话ID信息等,并向验证处理单元1115发送所接收的验证对话ID信息。  In step SP1080, the control unit 1110 of the radio broadcast information distribution server 1006 receives the now broadcast information request signal, the service session ID information, etc. transmitted from the client terminal 1002 continuously through the network interface 1113 and the communication control unit 1112, and sends the information to the authentication processing unit 1115. Send the received authentication session ID information. the

在控制单元1110的控制下,验证处理单元1115通过对所接收的服务对话ID信息等与暂时存储在验证信息存储部分1120中的服务对话ID信息作比较,来执行  用户验证处理。  Under the control of the control unit 1110, the verification processing unit 1115 executes by comparing the received service session ID information and the like with the service session ID information temporarily stored in the verification information storage section 1120. User authentication processing. the

结果,如果使用客户机终端1002的用户经验证处理单元1115验证为有效用户,则验证处理单元1115确定对获取来自客户机终端1002的现在播送信息的请求是有效请求。  As a result, if the user using the client terminal 1002 is authenticated as a valid user by the authentication processing unit 1115, the authentication processing unit 1115 determines that the request to acquire the now broadcast information from the client terminal 1002 is a valid request. the

此外,当使用客户机终端1002的用户经验证处理单元1115验证为有效用户时,控制单元1110通过验证处理单元1115延长发给客户机终端1002的服务对话ID信息的有效期,并进行到下一步骤SP1081。  Furthermore, when the user using the client terminal 1002 is authenticated as a valid user by the authentication processing unit 1115, the control unit 1110 extends the validity period of the service session ID information sent to the client terminal 1002 by the authentication processing unit 1115, and proceeds to the next step SP1081. the

在步骤SP1081,控制单元1110从现在播送信息存储单元1119读取现在播送信息,并连续通过通信控制单元1112和网络接口1113向客户机终端1002发送所读取的现在播送信息、以及具有由验证处理单元1115延长的有效期的服务对话ID信息等。  In step SP1081, the control unit 1110 reads the now-broadcast information from the now-broadcast information storage unit 1119, and continuously transmits the read now-broadcast information to the client terminal 1002 through the communication control unit 1112 and the network interface 1113, together with the information provided by the verification process. Unit 1115 extends the validity period of the service session ID information, etc. the

在步骤SP1082,客户机终端1002的控制单元1023连续通过网络接口1033和通信控制单元1032接收从无线电广播信息分发服务器1006传送的现在播送信息,以及具有延长后有效期的服务对话ID信息,并将所接收的服务对话ID信息发送给验证处理单元1037,将现在播送信息发送给无线电广播显示控制单元1039。  In step SP1082, the control unit 1023 of the client terminal 1002 continuously receives the now broadcast information transmitted from the radio broadcast information distribution server 1006 through the network interface 1033 and the communication control unit 1032, and the service session ID information having an extended validity period, and transmits the obtained The received service session ID information is sent to the authentication processing unit 1037, and the now broadcasting information is sent to the radio broadcast display control unit 1039. the

在控制单元1023的控制下,通过重写具有未延长有效期的验证对话ID信息,验证处理单元1037将具有延长后有效期的并从无线电广播信息分发服务器1006接收的服务对话ID信息暂时存储在验证信息存储单元1038中,从而更新暂时存储在验证信息存储单元1038中的服务对话ID信息。  Under the control of the control unit 1023, the authentication processing unit 1037 temporarily stores the service session ID information having an extended validity period and received from the radio broadcast information distribution server 1006 in the authentication information by rewriting the authentication session ID information having an unextended validity period. storage unit 1038, thereby updating the service session ID information temporarily stored in the verification information storage unit 1038. the

此外,无线电广播显示控制单元1039通过显示控制单元1024将控制单元1023提供的现在播送信息发送给显示单元1025,从而在显示单元1025上显示涉及当前接收的无线电广播中的无线电节目的现在播送信息。  In addition, the radio broadcast display control unit 1039 transmits the now broadcast information provided by the control unit 1023 to the display unit 1025 through the display control unit 1024, thereby displaying the now broadcast information related to the radio program in the currently received radio broadcast on the display unit 1025. the

然后,在无线电广播信息分发服务提供处理过程中,客户机终端1002周期性地重复执行步骤SP1079中对获取现在播送信息的请求,并且无线电广播信息分发服务器1006接收来自客户机终端1002的获取请求,并且依次执行步骤SP1080和SP1081的处理。  Then, in the radio broadcast information distribution service providing process, the client terminal 1002 periodically repeats the request to acquire the now broadcast information in step SP1079, and the radio broadcast information distribution server 1006 receives the acquisition request from the client terminal 1002, And the processing of steps SP1080 and SP1081 is executed in sequence. the

用这种方式,客户机终端1002可在现在播送信息随时更新时,在客户机终端1002的显示单元1025上显示:当前接收的无线电节目的名称、节目广播开始时间、节目广播结束时间、当前在无线电节目中播放的歌曲的标题和艺术家名字、该歌曲的广播开始时间等。  In this way, the client terminal 1002 can display on the display unit 1025 of the client terminal 1002 when the current broadcast information is updated at any time: the name of the currently received radio program, the program broadcast start time, the program broadcast end time, the The title and artist name of the song played on the radio program, the broadcast start time of the song, etc. the

在参照图6描述的程序模块中,HTTP消息程序111和通信装置程序112可实  现与先前参照图14描述的客户机终端1002的通信控制单元1032相同的功能。  In the program modules described with reference to FIG. 6, the HTTP message program 111 and the communication device program 112 can implement The same function as the communication control unit 1032 of the client terminal 1002 described earlier with reference to FIG. 14 is now performed. the

内容重现模块113是能够实现与先前参照图14描述的客户机终端1002的编码器/解码器单元1034相同的功能的程序模块。  The content reproduction module 113 is a program module capable of realizing the same functions as the encoder/decoder unit 1034 of the client terminal 1002 described earlier with reference to FIG. 14 . the

此外,版本保护信息管理单元114是能够实现与先前参照图14描述的客户机终端1002的版本管理单元1035相同的功能的程序模块。  Furthermore, the version protection information management unit 114 is a program module capable of realizing the same function as the version management unit 1035 of the client terminal 1002 described earlier with reference to FIG. 14 . the

此外,因特网无线电调谐/重现模块118是能够实现与先前参照图14描述的客户机终端1002的控制单元1023和音频控制单元1026相同的功能的程序模块。  Furthermore, the Internet radio tuning/reproducing module 118 is a program module capable of realizing the same functions as the control unit 1023 and the audio control unit 1026 of the client terminal 1002 described earlier with reference to FIG. 14 . the

此外,歌曲购买/重现模块119是能够实现与先前参照图14描述的客户机终端1002的控制单元1023和音频控制单元1026相同的功能的程序模块。  Furthermore, the song purchase/reproduction module 119 is a program module capable of realizing the same functions as the control unit 1023 and the audio control unit 1026 of the client terminal 1002 described earlier with reference to FIG. 14 . the

此外,XML浏览器151是能够实现与先前参照图14描述的客户机终端1002的输入处理单元1021和页面信息产生单元1036相同的功能的程序模块。  Furthermore, the XML browser 151 is a program module capable of realizing the same functions as the input processing unit 1021 and the page information generating unit 1036 of the client terminal 1002 described earlier with reference to FIG. 14 . the

此外,硬盘内容控制器117、数据库访问模块115和内容数据访问模块116是能够实现与先前参照图14描述的客户机终端1002的控制单元1023相同的功能的程序模块。  Furthermore, the hard disk content controller 117, the database access module 115, and the content data access module 116 are program modules capable of realizing the same functions as the control unit 1023 of the client terminal 1002 described earlier with reference to FIG. 14 . the

此外,库130的验证库131是能够实现与先前参照图14描述的客户机终端1002的验证处理单元1037和验证信息存储单元1038相同的功能的程序模块。  Furthermore, the authentication library 131 of the library 130 is a program module capable of realizing the same functions as the authentication processing unit 1037 and the authentication information storage unit 1038 of the client terminal 1002 described earlier with reference to FIG. 14 . the

此外,库130的剪辑库132是能够实现与先前参照图14描述的客户机终端1002的控制单元1023相同的功能的程序模块。  Furthermore, the clip library 132 of the library 130 is a program module capable of realizing the same functions as the control unit 1023 of the client terminal 1002 described earlier with reference to FIG. 14 . the

此外,相关信息显示模块120是能够实现与先前参照图14描述的客户机终端1002的无线电广播显示控制单元1039相同的功能的程序模块。  Furthermore, the related information display module 120 is a program module capable of realizing the same function as the radio broadcast display control unit 1039 of the client terminal 1002 described earlier with reference to FIG. 14 . the

此外,调谐器选择/重现/记录模块121是能够实现与先前参照图14描述的客户机终端1002的控制单元1023、硬盘控制部分1026和调谐器单元1031相同的功能的程序模块。  In addition, the tuner selection/reproduction/recording module 121 is a program module capable of realizing the same functions as the control unit 1023, hard disk control section 1026, and tuner unit 1031 of the client terminal 1002 described earlier with reference to FIG. the

此外,音频用户接口152是能够实现与先前参照图14描述的客户机终端1002的输入处理单元1021、控制单元1023和显示控制单元1024相同的功能的程序模块。  Furthermore, the audio user interface 152 is a program module capable of realizing the same functions as the input processing unit 1021 , the control unit 1023 , and the display control unit 1024 of the client terminal 1002 described earlier with reference to FIG. 14 . the

此外,CD回放模块141是能够实现与先前参照图14描述的客户机终端1002的音频控制单元1026和外部记录媒体记录/重现单元1028相同的功能的程序模块。  Furthermore, the CD playback module 141 is a program module capable of realizing the same functions as the audio control unit 1026 and the external recording medium recording/reproducing unit 1028 of the client terminal 1002 described earlier with reference to FIG. 14 . the

此外,HDD重现模块142是能够实现与先前参照图14描述的客户机终端1002的控制单元1023和音频控制单元1026相同的功能的程序模块。  Furthermore, the HDD reproduction module 142 is a program module capable of realizing the same functions as the control unit 1023 and the audio control unit 1026 of the client terminal 1002 described earlier with reference to FIG. 14 . the

参照图3描述的整体服务服务器36被配置成,CPU 36a根据存储在硬盘驱动  器36c等中的各个程序来控制各个电路单元,从而实现与入口服务器1003的通信控制单元1052、验证处理单元1056等(图16)相同的功能。整体服务服务器36的硬盘驱动器36c在CPU 36a的控制下,被配置成实现与入口服务器1003的验证信息存储单元1057、URL存储单元1059、频率信息存储单元1058、页面信息存储单元1055、客户数据库单元1054等实现相同功能。  The overall service server 36 described with reference to FIG. 3 is configured such that the CPU 36a Each circuit unit is controlled by each program in the device 36c, etc., thereby realizing the same functions as the communication control unit 1052, authentication processing unit 1056, etc. of the portal server 1003 (FIG. 16). The hard disk drive 36c of the overall service server 36 is configured to realize the verification information storage unit 1057, the URL storage unit 1059, the frequency information storage unit 1058, the page information storage unit 1055, and the customer database unit of the entrance server 1003 under the control of the CPU 36a. 1054 and so on to achieve the same function. the

上述实施例参照客户机终端1002(重现装置1和终端设备10)接收对应于通过用户操作等在从无线电台输出的多种类型的广播信号中选择的频率(接收频率)的广播信号。然而,本发明并非仅限于此。本发明可应用于这样的情形,基于通过用户操作等选择的因特网无线服务器的URL,客户机终端1002(重现装置1和终端设备10)接收来自因特网无线电服务器的无线电节目。  The above-described embodiments refer to the client terminal 1002 (reproducing apparatus 1 and terminal apparatus 10) receiving a broadcast signal corresponding to a frequency (reception frequency) selected by a user operation or the like among various types of broadcast signals output from radio stations. However, the present invention is not limited thereto. The present invention is applicable to a case where the client terminal 1002 (reproducing apparatus 1 and terminal device 10) receives a radio program from an Internet radio server based on the URL of the Internet radio server selected by user operation or the like. the

此外,客户机终端1002可接收的从无线电台广播的无线电广播应用于本实施例。然而,本发明并非仅限于此。本发明可被配置成客户机终端1002接收因特网无线电广播或卫星无线电广播,并获取其相关信息和无线电广播信息。或者,客户机终端1002可接收从电视台广播的电视广播,并从网络NT1000上的服务器中获取有关电视广播中各种节目的各类广播信息。  In addition, a radio broadcast broadcast from a radio station receivable by the client terminal 1002 is applied to the present embodiment. However, the present invention is not limited thereto. The present invention may be configured such that the client terminal 1002 receives Internet radio broadcasts or satellite radio broadcasts, and acquires information related thereto and radio broadcast information. Alternatively, the client terminal 1002 may receive a television broadcast broadcast from a television station, and acquire various types of broadcast information on various programs in the television broadcast from a server on the network NT1000. the

此外,上述实施例参照硬件电路块、功能电路块和程序模块安装在客户机终端1002(重现装置1和终端设备10)上的情形(图6)来描述。然而,本发明并非仅限于此,而是它们可安装在除客户机终端1002外的各种终端上,诸如手机、个人计算机等。安装了硬件电路块、功能电路块和程序模块的任何终端,都可实现与上述客户机终端1002相同的处理。  Furthermore, the above-described embodiments have been described with reference to the case where hardware circuit blocks, functional circuit blocks, and program modules are installed on the client terminal 1002 (reproducing apparatus 1 and terminal device 10) (FIG. 6). However, the present invention is not limited thereto, but they can be installed on various terminals other than the client terminal 1002, such as cellular phones, personal computers, and the like. Any terminal in which hardware circuit blocks, functional circuit blocks, and program modules are installed can realize the same processing as the client terminal 1002 described above. the

此外,以上实施例参照设置信息包括表示例如安装了重现装置1的区域的区域信息(邮编等)的情形来描述。在该区域信息中,设置信息可包括唯一分配给重现装置1的用户的用户标识信息。或者,设置信息可包括唯一分配给重现装置1的设备标识信息。  Furthermore, the above embodiments have been described with reference to the case where the setting information includes area information (zip code or the like) indicating, for example, the area where the reproduction apparatus 1 is installed. In this area information, setting information may include user identification information uniquely assigned to a user of the reproduction apparatus 1 . Alternatively, the setting information may include device identification information uniquely assigned to the reproduction apparatus 1 . the

现在描述这样的情形,例如,重现装置1向广播电台指定服务器2传送包括用户指定信息的设置信息。有这样的先决条件:广播电台指定服务器2在服务器2本身的数据库中存储用户标识信息,以及有关对应于用户标识信息的用户的重现装置1能接收的广播的广播电台信息(广播电台名称、广播电台标识信息、广播频率等),其中用户标识信息与广播电台信息相链接。在从重现装置1中接收用户标识信息后,广播电台指定服务器2搜索数据库以获得对应于所接收用户标识信息的广播电台信息,并将包括所获得广播电台信息的列表信息传送给重现装置1。  A case will now be described in which, for example, the reproducing apparatus 1 transmits setting information including user designation information to the broadcast station designation server 2 . There is a prerequisite that the broadcasting station specifying server 2 stores user identification information in the database of the server 2 itself, and broadcasting station information (broadcasting station name, broadcasting station identification information, broadcasting frequency, etc.), wherein the user identification information is linked with the broadcasting station information. After receiving the user identification information from the reproducing apparatus 1, the broadcasting station specifying server 2 searches the database to obtain broadcasting station information corresponding to the received user identifying information, and transmits list information including the obtained broadcasting station information to the reproducing apparatus 1. the

然后,将描述这样的情形:重现装置1向广播电台指定服务器2传送包括设备标识信息的设置信息。有这样的先决条件:广播电台指定服务器2在服务器2本身的数据库中存储设备标识信息,以及有关对应于设备标识信息的重现装置1能接收的广播的广播电台信息(广播电台名称、广播电台标识信息、广播频率等),其中设备标识信息与广播电台信息相链接。在从重现装置1中接收设备标识信息后,广播电台指定服务器2搜索数据库以获得对应于所接收设备标识信息的广播电台信息,并将包括所获得广播电台信息的列表信息传送给重现装置1。  Then, a case where the reproducing apparatus 1 transmits setting information including device identification information to the broadcast station designation server 2 will be described. There is such a prerequisite that the broadcasting station specifying server 2 stores equipment identification information in the database of the server 2 itself, and broadcasting station information (broadcasting station name, broadcasting station identification information, broadcast frequency, etc.), where the device identification information is linked to the broadcast station information. After receiving the equipment identification information from the reproducing apparatus 1, the broadcasting station specifying server 2 searches the database to obtain broadcasting station information corresponding to the received equipment identifying information, and transmits list information including the obtained broadcasting station information to the reproducing apparatus 1. the

工业可应用性本发明可应用于重现装置,它能够接收通过调用预先设置的接收频率选择的广播信号,并重现该广播信号。  Industrial Applicability The present invention is applicable to a reproducing apparatus capable of receiving a broadcast signal selected by calling a reception frequency set in advance and reproducing the broadcast signal. the

Claims (10)

1. one kind can receive and reappear through calling in advance the reproducer of the broadcast singal that the receive frequency that is provided with selects, and comprising:
Broadcast receiver is used to receive the broadcast singal of CF;
The broadcast singal reproducer is used to reappear the broadcast singal that is received by said broadcast receiver;
Information transmission device is set, is used for transmitting to external equipment the information that is provided with broadcast reception and that be provided with by the user of relevant said reproducer itself, the said information that is provided with comprises that the said reproducer of expression receives the area information in the zone of broadcasting;
The list information receiving system is used to receive the list information that is detected by external equipment, as comprising the station name of aural corresponding to the received broadcasting station that information is set, the broadcasting station identification information in radio station and the tabulation of frequency of radio station;
Display unit is used for showing the station name of aural that is included in the list information that is received by the list information receiving system; And
Tape deck based on user's input, is recorded in the various piece of reception list information on the recording medium, and wherein various piece links mutually,
Said reproducer also comprises the solicited message conveyer; Be used for after receiving list information, operating the transmission solicited message in response to the user through the list information receiving system; The described request information request comprises and relates to the list information that is different from corresponding to the information in another broadcasting station in the said broadcasting station that information is set
Wherein, the list information that said list information receiving system sends from said external equipment in response to the described request message pick-up,
Said display unit demonstration is included in corresponding to the station name of aural in the list information of described request information, and
Said tape deck will record on the said recording medium corresponding to the various piece of the list information of described request information based on user input, and wherein various piece links each other.
2. reproducer as claimed in claim 1 is characterized in that, also comprises the frequency specified device, is used to change the frequency of the receive frequency of broadcast receiver with the appointment receiving broadcast signal,
Wherein, Said tape deck writes down on recording medium and meets included frequency and station name of aural in the said list information and broadcasting station identification information by the arbitrary frequency in the said frequency specified device specified frequency in the list information that receives through the list information receiving system, and its medium frequency, station name of aural and broadcasting station identification information be link each other automatically.
3. reproducer as claimed in claim 2; It is characterized in that; Said tape deck writes down on recording medium and does not meet included remaining frequencies and remaining at least station name of aural in the said list information and remaining broadcasting station identification information by the arbitrary frequency in the said frequency specified device specified frequency in the list information that receives through the list information receiving system, and wherein remaining frequencies, remaining station name of aural and remaining broadcasting station identification information are based on user's input and link each other.
4. reproducer as claimed in claim 1 is characterized in that, the said information that is provided with is imported and record by the user in advance.
5. reproducer as claimed in claim 1 is characterized in that, the said information that is provided with is imported by the user before transmitting through the said information transmission device that is provided with.
6. reproducer as claimed in claim 1 is characterized in that, also comprises:
The identification information conveyer is used for being included in the broadcasting station identification information through the list information of said recording device records to said external equipment transmission; And
Position information receiver; Be used for receiving the expression network and attend the positional information of supplier position from said external equipment, said supplier provide with corresponding to the relevant relevant information of broadcasted content from each broadcasting station of the broadcasting station identification information of said identification information conveyer transmission.
7. one kind is receiving and is reappearing the information setting method that receive frequency is set in the reproducer of broadcast singal in advance, comprising:
Information transfer step is set, transmits the information that is provided with broadcast reception and that be provided with by the user of relevant said reproducer itself to external equipment, the said information that is provided with comprises that the said reproducer of expression receives the area information in the zone of broadcasting;
The list information receiving step receives the list information that is detected by external equipment, as comprising the station name of aural corresponding to the received broadcasting station that information is set, the broadcasting station identification information in radio station and the tabulation of frequency of radio station;
Step display shows to be included in the station name of aural in the list information that receives; And
Recording step is recorded on the recording medium based on user's the input various piece with received list information, and wherein various piece links mutually,
Said method also comprises and do not receive the information request step, and after said recording step, the request external equipment transmits and comprises and relate to the list information that is different from corresponding to the information in another broadcasting station in the said broadcasting station that information is set,
Wherein, in said list information receiving step, receive the list information that does not receive the information request step and transmit from said external equipment in response to said,
In said step display, show to be included in response to the station name of aural in the said list information that does not receive the information request step and receive, and
In said recording step, will record on the said recording medium in response to the various piece of the said list information that does not receive the information request step and receive based on user's input, wherein various piece interlinks.
8. information setting method as claimed in claim 7 is characterized in that, also comprises the frequency given step, be used for wanting the frequency of received frequency with the appointment receiving broadcast signal in recording step change before,
Wherein, In said recording step; Record meets included frequency and station name of aural in the said list information and broadcasting station identification information by the arbitrary frequency in the said frequency given step specified frequency in the list information that receives through the list information receiving step on recording medium, and its medium frequency, station name of aural and broadcasting station identification information be link each other automatically.
9. information setting method as claimed in claim 8; It is characterized in that; In said recording step; Record does not meet included remaining frequencies and remaining at least station name of aural in the said list information and remaining broadcasting station identification information by the arbitrary frequency in the said frequency given step specified frequency in the list information that receives through the list information receiving step on recording medium, and wherein remaining frequencies, remaining station name of aural and remaining broadcasting station identification information are based on user's input and link each other.
10. communication means that is used to receive and reappear the reproducer of broadcast singal comprises:
Information transfer step is set; Transmit the information that is provided with of the broadcast reception that relates to said reproducer itself to portal server from said reproducer; And ID and password, the said information that is provided with comprises that the said reproducer of expression receives the area information in the zone of broadcasting
The list information transfer step; Send the portal server that allows said reproducer to visit the checking bill of a plurality of service servers and carry out the checking processing based on ID and password; And when allowing checking, transmit list information; As comprising the station name of aural corresponding to the received broadcasting station that information is set, the broadcasting station identification information in radio station and the tabulation of frequency of radio station, and
Show and recording step that reproducer is presented at the station name of aural that comprises in the list information that receives, and be recorded on the recording medium that wherein various piece links mutually based on user's input various piece with the list information that is received,
Said method also comprises and do not receive the information request step, after said demonstration and recording step, transmits to the portal server request and to comprise and relate to the list information that is different from corresponding to the information in another broadcasting station in the said broadcasting station that information is set,
Wherein, in said list information transfer step, do not receive the information request step and transmit list information from said portal server in response to said, and
In said demonstration and recording step; Show and be included in response to the station name of aural in the said list information that does not receive the information request step and receive; And will record on the said recording medium in response to the various piece of the said list information that does not receive the information request step and receive based on user's input, wherein various piece links mutually.
CN200480019100.3A 2003-07-14 2004-05-18 Reproduction device, information setting method Expired - Fee Related CN1816971B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (9)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2003274302 2003-07-14
JP274302/2003 2003-07-14
JP2003291741 2003-08-11
JP291741/2003 2003-08-11
JP2003313167 2003-09-04
JP313167/2003 2003-09-04
JP338520/2003 2003-09-29
JP2003338520 2003-09-29
PCT/JP2004/007023 WO2005006577A1 (en) 2003-07-14 2004-05-18 Reproduction device, information setting method, and information setting program

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
CN1816971A CN1816971A (en) 2006-08-09
CN1816971B true CN1816971B (en) 2012-05-23

Family

ID=35476795

Family Applications (16)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
CN200480019100.3A Expired - Fee Related CN1816971B (en) 2003-07-14 2004-05-18 Reproduction device, information setting method
CN200480019131.9A Expired - Fee Related CN1816984B (en) 2003-07-14 2004-05-18 Information record device, information record method and information record program
CN200480019177.0A Expired - Fee Related CN1816989B (en) 2003-07-14 2004-05-18 Reproduction device, reproduction method, and program
CN 200480019094 Pending CN1816983A (en) 2003-07-14 2004-05-18 Information processing device, information processing method, and information processing program
CN200480019145.0A Expired - Fee Related CN1816986B (en) 2003-07-14 2004-05-18 Display, display method and display control program
CN 200480000835 Pending CN1701545A (en) 2003-07-14 2004-05-18 Information providing method
CN200480019154.XA Expired - Fee Related CN1816987B (en) 2003-07-14 2004-05-18 Data processing equipment, data processing method and data processing program
CN200480019170.9A Expired - Fee Related CN1816988B (en) 2003-07-14 2004-05-18 Communication method, communication device, and program
CN 200480019134 Pending CN1816985A (en) 2003-07-14 2004-05-18 Communication method
CN200480020524.1A Expired - Fee Related CN1823483B (en) 2003-07-14 2004-05-18 Information providing method
CN200480018631.0A Expired - Fee Related CN1816980B (en) 2003-07-14 2004-05-18 Recording apparatus, recording method, and program
CN 200480019182 Pending CN1816824A (en) 2003-07-14 2004-05-18 Service Utilization Method and Management Method
CN 200480020531 Pending CN1823346A (en) 2003-07-14 2004-05-18 Communication device, communication method in communication device, and communication program for communication device
CN 200480019067 Pending CN1816821A (en) 2003-07-14 2004-05-18 Information processing device, information processing method, and information processing program
CN200480019002.XA Expired - Fee Related CN1816981B (en) 2003-07-14 2004-05-18 communication method
CN200480019083.3A Expired - Fee Related CN1816982B (en) 2003-07-14 2004-05-18 Information providing method

Family Applications After (15)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
CN200480019131.9A Expired - Fee Related CN1816984B (en) 2003-07-14 2004-05-18 Information record device, information record method and information record program
CN200480019177.0A Expired - Fee Related CN1816989B (en) 2003-07-14 2004-05-18 Reproduction device, reproduction method, and program
CN 200480019094 Pending CN1816983A (en) 2003-07-14 2004-05-18 Information processing device, information processing method, and information processing program
CN200480019145.0A Expired - Fee Related CN1816986B (en) 2003-07-14 2004-05-18 Display, display method and display control program
CN 200480000835 Pending CN1701545A (en) 2003-07-14 2004-05-18 Information providing method
CN200480019154.XA Expired - Fee Related CN1816987B (en) 2003-07-14 2004-05-18 Data processing equipment, data processing method and data processing program
CN200480019170.9A Expired - Fee Related CN1816988B (en) 2003-07-14 2004-05-18 Communication method, communication device, and program
CN 200480019134 Pending CN1816985A (en) 2003-07-14 2004-05-18 Communication method
CN200480020524.1A Expired - Fee Related CN1823483B (en) 2003-07-14 2004-05-18 Information providing method
CN200480018631.0A Expired - Fee Related CN1816980B (en) 2003-07-14 2004-05-18 Recording apparatus, recording method, and program
CN 200480019182 Pending CN1816824A (en) 2003-07-14 2004-05-18 Service Utilization Method and Management Method
CN 200480020531 Pending CN1823346A (en) 2003-07-14 2004-05-18 Communication device, communication method in communication device, and communication program for communication device
CN 200480019067 Pending CN1816821A (en) 2003-07-14 2004-05-18 Information processing device, information processing method, and information processing program
CN200480019002.XA Expired - Fee Related CN1816981B (en) 2003-07-14 2004-05-18 communication method
CN200480019083.3A Expired - Fee Related CN1816982B (en) 2003-07-14 2004-05-18 Information providing method

Country Status (1)

Country Link
CN (16) CN1816971B (en)

Families Citing this family (19)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101153396B (en) * 2006-09-30 2010-06-09 中芯国际集成电路制造(上海)有限公司 Plasma etching method
US8014446B2 (en) * 2006-12-22 2011-09-06 Ibiquity Digital Corporation Method and apparatus for store and replay functions in a digital radio broadcasting receiver
JP4728973B2 (en) * 2007-01-19 2011-07-20 ローム株式会社 FM transmitter, electronic device using the same, and automatic channel selection method
KR20090011149A (en) * 2007-07-25 2009-02-02 삼성전자주식회사 Purchase method and device for pay broadcasting of smart terminal equipped with mobile card
JP5282447B2 (en) 2008-05-29 2013-09-04 ソニー株式会社 Information processing apparatus, information processing method, program, and information processing system
JP4640487B2 (en) * 2008-10-16 2011-03-02 ソニー株式会社 Information processing apparatus and information processing method
CN102256179A (en) * 2010-05-19 2011-11-23 乐金电子(中国)研究开发中心有限公司 Method and system for displaying program information of television terminal and television terminal
JP2012053722A (en) * 2010-09-02 2012-03-15 Sony Corp Information processing apparatus, information processing method, and program
CN102546687A (en) * 2010-12-17 2012-07-04 张婷毓 Data transmission system and method
CN102568523B (en) * 2010-12-31 2016-05-04 新奥特(北京)视频技术有限公司 The unified method and apparatus using of one kind of multiple hardware resources
CN102902828B (en) * 2012-11-16 2016-04-20 北京奇虎科技有限公司 A kind of method and apparatus for retrieving
CN103840850B (en) * 2012-11-27 2016-12-07 比亚迪股份有限公司 communication system based on frequency modulation broadcasting FM earphone, FM earphone and mobile terminal
CN103078695B (en) * 2012-12-30 2016-05-11 惠州华阳通用电子有限公司 Station name display methods and application thereof
JP6384095B2 (en) * 2013-06-06 2018-09-05 株式会社リコー Transmission terminal, program, image display method, transmission system
CN105100905B (en) * 2014-05-14 2019-11-05 南京中兴软件有限责任公司 A kind of discretization network authentication method, apparatus and client
CN105049144A (en) * 2015-08-18 2015-11-11 深圳市中兴物联科技有限公司 Radio rebroadcasting method, device and system
CN106452898A (en) * 2016-11-01 2017-02-22 武汉斗鱼网络科技有限公司 Data request control method and apparatus
CN106936826B (en) * 2017-03-10 2020-01-14 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Registration method and device of broadcast receiver and terminal equipment
CN111399756B (en) * 2019-09-29 2024-01-02 杭州海康威视系统技术有限公司 Data storage method, data downloading method and device

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN1092225A (en) * 1993-03-08 1994-09-14 阿尔派株式会社 Radio Receiver
US5898910A (en) * 1995-02-16 1999-04-27 Pioneer Electronic Corporation RBDS receiver provided with a database having broadcasting station related information
US6282412B1 (en) * 1998-07-22 2001-08-28 Lucent Technologies Inc. Geographically adaptive portable broadcast receiver
US20030027520A1 (en) * 2001-08-06 2003-02-06 Atsushi Yamashita Broadcast receiver capable of receiving broadcast data on the air, broadcast distribution device distributing that broadcast data, and broadcast distribution system for connection therebetween

Family Cites Families (18)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP0669761A3 (en) * 1994-02-23 1999-03-03 Hitachi, Ltd. Television signal receiving apparatus incorporating an information retrieving and reproducing apparatus
JPH08214282A (en) 1995-02-02 1996-08-20 Seiko Epson Corp Program guide information processing system and program reservation system
US5652613A (en) * 1995-06-07 1997-07-29 Lazarus; David Beryl Intelligent electronic program guide memory management system and method
US6240555B1 (en) * 1996-03-29 2001-05-29 Microsoft Corporation Interactive entertainment system for presenting supplemental interactive content together with continuous video programs
US5961603A (en) * 1996-04-10 1999-10-05 Worldgate Communications, Inc. Access system and method for providing interactive access to an information source through a networked distribution system
JPH10257402A (en) 1997-03-07 1998-09-25 Toshiba Corp Channel setting registration system
JP3595109B2 (en) * 1997-05-28 2004-12-02 日本ユニシス株式会社 Authentication device, terminal device, authentication method in those devices, and storage medium
US6317784B1 (en) * 1998-09-29 2001-11-13 Radiowave.Com, Inc. Presenting supplemental information for material currently and previously broadcast by a radio station
KR100582501B1 (en) * 1998-11-19 2006-10-24 엘지전자 주식회사 Automatic Information Retrieval Method
JP2000222360A (en) * 1999-02-01 2000-08-11 Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd Authentication method, authentication system and authentication processing program recording medium
JP2001086420A (en) * 1999-09-16 2001-03-30 Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd Broadcast terminal device
JP2001125908A (en) * 1999-10-26 2001-05-11 Sony Corp Input device and method
JP4588190B2 (en) * 2000-10-27 2010-11-24 シャープ株式会社 Television program homepage search system, its client device, server device, and homepage URL information acquisition method
JP2002358283A (en) * 2001-06-01 2002-12-13 Nec Corp User authentication collaboration method, system and program
JP3870733B2 (en) * 2001-07-26 2007-01-24 ヤマハ株式会社 Mobile communication terminal capable of receiving content, content distribution server device, and program used therefor
JP2003067239A (en) * 2001-08-24 2003-03-07 Fujitsu Ltd Page information updating method, page information updating system, and semiconductor manufacturing line schedule management system
JP2003067661A (en) * 2001-08-24 2003-03-07 Satoru Nakamura Recovery agent system for small amount settlement using point purchase service system
JP4035993B2 (en) * 2002-01-08 2008-01-23 ソニー株式会社 Data processing apparatus and method

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN1092225A (en) * 1993-03-08 1994-09-14 阿尔派株式会社 Radio Receiver
US5898910A (en) * 1995-02-16 1999-04-27 Pioneer Electronic Corporation RBDS receiver provided with a database having broadcasting station related information
US6282412B1 (en) * 1998-07-22 2001-08-28 Lucent Technologies Inc. Geographically adaptive portable broadcast receiver
US20030027520A1 (en) * 2001-08-06 2003-02-06 Atsushi Yamashita Broadcast receiver capable of receiving broadcast data on the air, broadcast distribution device distributing that broadcast data, and broadcast distribution system for connection therebetween

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN1816980A (en) 2006-08-09
CN1823483B (en) 2011-08-31
CN1816982A (en) 2006-08-09
CN1816980B (en) 2010-05-05
CN1816989B (en) 2012-01-18
CN1816985A (en) 2006-08-09
CN1816989A (en) 2006-08-09
CN1816971A (en) 2006-08-09
CN1816988B (en) 2012-02-01
CN1823483A (en) 2006-08-23
CN1816984A (en) 2006-08-09
CN1701545A (en) 2005-11-23
CN1823346A (en) 2006-08-23
CN1816983A (en) 2006-08-09
CN1816981B (en) 2012-10-17
CN1816988A (en) 2006-08-09
CN1816981A (en) 2006-08-09
CN1816986B (en) 2011-06-15
CN1816824A (en) 2006-08-09
CN1816984B (en) 2011-06-08
CN1816987A (en) 2006-08-09
CN1816987B (en) 2012-05-09
CN1816821A (en) 2006-08-09
CN1816982B (en) 2012-10-10
CN1816986A (en) 2006-08-09

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP4135112B2 (en) Display device, display method, and display control program
US8185924B2 (en) Information processing device, information processing method, and information processing program
KR100991172B1 (en) Information recording device and information recording method
CN1816971B (en) Reproduction device, information setting method
US7373122B2 (en) Reproduction device information setting method, and information setting program
JP4569828B2 (en) COMMUNICATION METHOD, COMMUNICATION DEVICE, AND PROGRAM
KR101028005B1 (en) Information processing device, information processing method and information processing program
JP4609723B2 (en) Recording apparatus, recording method, and program
US20070005435A1 (en) Communication system and communication method
KR101052746B1 (en) Information processing device and communication method
JP4577572B2 (en) COMMUNICATION DEVICE, COMMUNICATION DEVICE COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND COMMUNICATION DEVICE COMMUNICATION PROGRAM
KR100988578B1 (en) Playback device and playback method
KR20060055514A (en) Information processing device, information processing method and information processing program
JP4370872B2 (en) Information processing apparatus, information processing method, and information processing program

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
C06 Publication
PB01 Publication
C10 Entry into substantive examination
SE01 Entry into force of request for substantive examination
C14 Grant of patent or utility model
GR01 Patent grant
CF01 Termination of patent right due to non-payment of annual fee

Granted publication date: 20120523

Termination date: 20150518

EXPY Termination of patent right or utility model